Initial import of the CDE 2.1.30 sources from the Open Group.

cde/programs/dtsession/Dtsession.src

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+!######################################################################
+!#
+!#     Dtsession
+!#
+!#     Common Desktop Environment (CDE)
+!#
+!#     (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company
+!#     (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
+!#     (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+!#     (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.
+!#
+!#     Application Defaults for the CDE DT Session Manager
+!#
+!#     $XConsortium: Dtsession.src /main/5 1996/04/21 19:51:03 drk $
+!#
+!######################################################################
+
+XCOMM include "Dt"
+
+!#Dtsession*wmStartupCommand:	CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtwm
+!#Dtsession*coverScreen:	False
+
+Dtsession*drawArea.background: black
+#ifdef __osf__
+Dtsession*lockLabelPixmap.imageName: DECDtlogo
+#else
+Dtsession*lockLabelPixmap.imageName: Dtlogo
+#endif
+
+Dtsession*ignoreEnvironment:	DISPLAY,SESSION_MANAGER,AUDIOSERVER

cde/programs/dtsession/Imakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+XCOMM $TOG: Imakefile /main/22 1998/04/06 13:33:41 mgreess $
+
+        DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=\"$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP)\" \
+                  -DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=\"$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP)\"
+
+#if defined(SunArchitecture)
+DEPLIBS = $(DEPDTWIDGETLIB) $(DEPDTSVCLIB) $(DEPTTLIB) \
+                  $(DEPXMLIB) $(DEPXTOOLLIB) $(DEPXLIB)
+LOCAL_LIBRARIES = $(DTWIDGETLIB) $(DTSVCLIB) $(TTLIB) \
+                  $(XMLIB) $(XTOOLLIB) $(USE_XHPLIB) $(XLIB)
+#else
+DEPLIBS = $(DEPDTHELPLIB) $(DEPDTWIDGETLIB) $(DEPDTSVCLIB) $(DEPTTLIB) \
+                  $(DEPXMLIB) $(DEPXTOOLLIB) $(DEPXLIB)
+LOCAL_LIBRARIES = $(DTHELPLIB) $(DTWIDGETLIB) $(DTSVCLIB) $(TTLIB) \
+                  $(XMLIB) $(XTOOLLIB) $(USE_XHPLIB) $(XLIB)
+#endif /* SunArchitecture */
+SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm
+
+
+#ifdef AlphaArchitecture
+SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm
+EXTRA_DEFINES = -DMULTIBYTE -DXLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS -DSIA
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HPArchitecture
+EXTRA_DEFINES = -DMULTIBYTE -DUSE_HPSSEXT
+USE_XHPLIB = $(XHPLIB)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(RsArchitecture)
+EXTRA_DEFINES = -D_ILS_MACROS -DSBSTDINC_H_NO_REDEFINE
+SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm -lbsd -ls -liconv
+#if (OSMajorVersion == 3)
+EXTRA_SRC = SmHftRing.c SmMigResources.c
+EXTRA_OBJS = $(ALTDIRECTORY)SmHftRing.o $(ALTDIRECTORY)SmMigResources.o
+#else
+EXTRA_SRC = SmMigResources.c
+EXTRA_OBJS = $(ALTDIRECTORY)SmMigResources.o
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SCOArchitecture) || defined(LinuxArchitecture)
+SYS_LIBRARIES = -lcrypt -lm
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SunArchitecture)
+EXTRA_SRC = OWsync.c
+EXTRA_OBJS = $(ALTDIRECTORY)OWsync.o
+EXTRA_DEFINES = -D${PROGRAMS}
+SYS_LIBRARIES = -lelf -lm -ldl
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USLArchitecture)
+/* not needed for archive. usl shared libs must resolve every
+ * reference whether used or not.
+ */
+SYS_LIBRARIES = -lelf -lm -ldl -lgen -liaf
+PROTO_DEFINES =
+DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=\"$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP)\" \
+          -DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=\"$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP)\"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(UXPArchitecture)
+/* not needed for archive. usl shared libs must resolve every
+ * reference whether used or not.
+ */
+SYS_LIBRARIES = -lelf -lm -ldl -lgen
+#endif
+
+PROGRAMS=dtsession
+
+/**** Every .o except version.o may only be built in a remote
+ **** directory as we do with rgy -> $(ALTDIRECTORY)
+ ****/
+OBJS=   $(ALTDIRECTORY)SmMain.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmGlobals.o \
+        $(ALTDIRECTORY)SmHelp.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmCommun.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmError.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmProperty.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmProtocol.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmSave.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmScreen.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmRestore.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmUI.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmWindow.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmLock.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SrvPalette.o\
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SrvFile_io.o\
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmStrDefs.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmConMgmt.o \
+	$(EXTRA_OBJS) \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmXSMP.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmAuth.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmWatch.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmProp.o \
+	$(ALTDIRECTORY)SmDB.o \
+	version.o
+
+SRCS=	SmMain.c \
+	SmHelp.c \
+	SmGlobals.c \
+	SmCommun.c \
+	SmError.c \
+        SmProperty.c \
+        SmProtocol.c \
+        SmSave.c \
+        SmScreen.c \
+        SmRestore.c \
+        SmUI.c \
+        SmWindow.c \
+	SmLock.c \
+	SrvPalette.c\
+	SrvFile_io.c\
+	SmStrDefs.c \
+	SmConMgmt.c \
+	$(EXTRA_SRC) \
+	SmXSMP.c \
+	SmAuth.c \
+	SmWatch.c \
+	SmProp.c \
+	SmDB.c \
+	version.c
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  Extra things for the Passwd Etc. version
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef USE_RGY
+      EXTRA_DEFINES = -DMULTIBYTE -DUSE_HPSSEXT -D__PASSWD_ETC +e
+    EXTRA_LIBRARIES = $(RGYLIB) $(NCKLIB) -lndbm -lBSD ExtraLibraries
+#endif
+
+
+/******* RGY or KRB CASE *******************************/
+#if (defined(USE_KRB) || defined(USE_RGY)) && defined(HPArchitecture)
+/*******************************************************/
+ALTDIRECTORY = $(CDESRC)/dtsession/
+SRCS=    version.c
+
+includes::
+        @echo " linking $(ALTDIRECTORY)version.c to version.c";\
+        ln -f -s $(ALTDIRECTORY)version.c .
+version.o: version.c
+        ObjectCompile($(_NOOP_))
+
+/* don't build other .o's */
+.c.o:
+ComplexProgramTarget($(PROGRAMS))
+
+/******* NORMAL NON-RGY CASE *******************************/
+#else
+/***************************************************/
+
+ComplexProgramTarget($(PROGRAMS))
+
+DTSM_CMD1 = $(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP)/bin/dtaction OpenHomeDir
+DTSM_CMD2 = $(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP)/bin/dtfile -dir ~ -geometry +700+0
+DTSM_CMD4 = $(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP)/bin/dthelpview -helpVolume Intromgr
+DTSM_CMD5 = $(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP)/bin/dtaction Dthelpgen_delay
+
+LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
+		    -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
+		    -DXBINDIR=$(XPROJECTROOT)/bin \
+		    -DDTSM_CMD1="\"$(DTSM_CMD1)\"" \
+		    -DDTSM_CMD2="\"$(DTSM_CMD2)\"" \
+		    -DDTSM_CMD4="\"$(DTSM_CMD4)\"" \
+		    -DDTSM_CMD5="\"$(DTSM_CMD5)\""
+
+CPP_TARGETS = Dtsession dtloadresources dtsession.msg \
+	sys.font sys.resources sys.resources.ive sys.session sys.session.ive
+
+AllTarget($(CPP_TARGETS))
+
+CppSourceFile(Dtsession,Dtsession.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
+CppScriptTarget(dtloadresources,dtloadresources.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
+CppSourceFile(dtsession.msg,dtsession.msg.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
+CppSourceFile(sys.font,sys.font.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
+CppSourceFile(sys.resources,sys.resources.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
+CppSourceFile(sys.resources.ive,sys.resources.src,-DIVE $(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
+CppSourceFile(sys.session,sys.session.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
+CppSourceFile(sys.session.ive,sys.session.src,-DIVE $(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
+
+#endif /* KRB || RGY */
+
+/* These headers are for using installed build. dthello uses these files */
+HEADERS = Srv.h SrvFile_io.h SrvPalette.h 

cde/programs/dtsession/OWsync.c

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* $TOG: OWsync.c /main/4 1998/07/23 18:11:12 mgreess $ */
+/*******************************************************************************
+**
+**  OWsync.c
+**
+**  Implements functions to synchronize CDE and OpenWindows resources.
+**
+**  Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+**
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <Dt/DtP.h>
+
+/*
+ * Include the appropriate header for the ColorSet structure
+ */
+#if defined(dtsession)
+#include "Srv.h"
+#elif defined(dtstyle)
+#include "ColorMain.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Sync OW Color resources with CDE color object values
+ */
+void	
+OWsyncColorResources(
+	Display *	display,
+	int 		monitorType, 
+	ColorSet * 	colors)
+{
+	char 		colorRes[512];
+	int		winChip, dataChip, wsChip;
+
+	switch (monitorType) {
+	case XmCO_HIGH_COLOR:
+		winChip = 4; dataChip = 3; wsChip = 7;
+		break;
+	case XmCO_MEDIUM_COLOR:
+		winChip = 1; dataChip = 3; wsChip = 1;
+		break;
+	case XmCO_LOW_COLOR:
+	case XmCO_BLACK_WHITE:
+		winChip = 1; dataChip = 1; wsChip = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		return;
+	}
+
+	sprintf(colorRes,
+"*background:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n\
+*foreground:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n\
+OpenWindows.WindowColor:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n\
+OpenWindows.WindowForeground:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n\
+OpenWindows.WorkspaceColor:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n\
+OpenWindows.DataBackground:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n\
+OpenWindows.DataForeground:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n\
+Window.Color.Background:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n\
+Window.Color.Foreground:\t#%04X%04X%04X\n",
+	colors[winChip].bg.red, 
+	colors[winChip].bg.green,
+	colors[winChip].bg.blue,
+	colors[winChip].fg.red,
+	colors[winChip].fg.green,
+	colors[winChip].fg.blue,
+	colors[winChip].bg.red, 
+	colors[winChip].bg.green,
+	colors[winChip].bg.blue,
+	colors[winChip].fg.red,
+	colors[winChip].fg.green,
+	colors[winChip].fg.blue,
+	colors[wsChip].bg.red,
+	colors[wsChip].bg.green,
+	colors[wsChip].bg.blue,
+	colors[dataChip].bg.red,
+	colors[dataChip].bg.green,
+	colors[dataChip].bg.blue,
+	colors[dataChip].fg.red,
+	colors[dataChip].fg.green,
+	colors[dataChip].fg.blue,
+	colors[dataChip].bg.red,
+	colors[dataChip].bg.green,
+	colors[dataChip].bg.blue,
+	colors[dataChip].fg.red,
+	colors[dataChip].fg.green,
+	colors[dataChip].fg.blue);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+fprintf(stderr,"OWsyncColorResource: setting\n%s\n",colorRes);
+#endif
+
+	_DtAddToResource(display, colorRes);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sync OW locale resources with CDE's use of the LANG environment variable
+ */
+void
+OWsyncLocaleResources(
+	Display *	display)
+{
+	char	*localeRes;
+	char	*lang;
+
+	lang = getenv("LANG");
+	if (lang == NULL || *lang == 0)
+		lang = "C";
+
+	localeRes = XtMalloc(BUFSIZ);
+
+	sprintf(localeRes,
+"OpenWindows.BasicLocale:\t%s\n\
+OpenWindows.InputLang:\t%s\n\
+OpenWindows.DisplayLang:\t%s\n\
+OpenWindows.TimeFormat:\t%s\n\
+OpenWindows.NumericFormat:\t%s\n",
+		lang, lang, lang, lang, lang);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+fprintf(stderr,"OWsyncLocaleResource: setting\n%s\n",localeRes);
+#endif
+
+	_DtAddToResource(display, localeRes);
+
+	XtFree(localeRes);
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/OWsync.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* $XConsortium: OWsync.h /main/2 1996/05/08 20:11:18 drk $ */
+/*******************************************************************************
+**
+**  OWsync.h
+**
+**  Defines functions to synchronize CDE and OpenWindows resources.
+**
+**  Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+**
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * External function declarations
+ */
+
+extern void	OWsyncColorResources(
+			Display *	display,
+			int 		monitorType, 
+			ColorSet * 	colors);
+
+extern void	OWsyncLocaleResources(
+			Display *	display);
+

cde/programs/dtsession/Sm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/* $XConsortium: Sm.h /main/15 1996/09/14 14:48:18 drk $ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        Sm.h
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  Contains all general, global variables used by the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+/*                                                                 
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1990, 1993, 1994, 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company          
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 International Business Machines Corp. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 Novell, Inc.                      
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _sm_h
+#define _sm_h
+
+/*
+ * #include statements
+ */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <Dt/DtP.h>
+#include <Dt/UserMsg.h>
+#include <Tt/tt_c.h>
+#include "SmError.h"
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+#define HELPVIEW_COMMAND_LINE  CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP "/bin/dthelpview -helpVolume Dtintro"
+
+
+/*
+ * Wrappers for system calls
+ */
+#define		SM_MALLOC(SIZE)			XtMalloc(SIZE)
+#define		SM_REALLOC(PTR, SIZE)	XtRealloc(PTR, SIZE)
+#define		SM_FREE(PTR)			XtFree(PTR)
+#define		SM_EXIT(STATUS)			SmExit(STATUS)
+
+#ifdef __hpux
+#define		SM_SETEUID(EUID)	setresuid(-1, EUID, -1)
+#define		SM_SETESUID(UID)	setresuid(-1, UID, UID)
+#else
+#ifndef	SVR4
+#define         SM_SETEUID(EUID)        seteuid(EUID)
+#define         SM_SETESUID(UID)        setreuid(UID, UID)
+#else
+#define         SM_SETEUID(EUID)        seteuid(EUID)
+#define         SM_SETESUID(UID)        (setuid(UID), seteuid(UID))
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Types of states the session manager can be in
+ */
+#define		READY			0
+#define		IN_PROCESS		1
+
+/*
+ *  session types .. home or current or default
+ */
+#define         DEFAULT_SESSION         0
+#define         HOME_SESSION            1
+#define         CURRENT_SESSION         2
+
+/*
+ * The lower bounds for each resolution of display - caculated
+ * as Y Resolution - which is pixels/meter
+ */
+#define			HIGH_RES_Y_RES			3583
+#define			MED_RES_Y_RES			3150
+#define			LOW_RES_Y_RES			1
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of screens saved during a session
+ */
+#define 	MAX_SCREENS_SAVED	10
+
+/* contention management definitions */
+#define SM_CM_SYSTEM       (1L << 0)
+#define SM_CM_HANDSHAKE    (1L << 1)
+
+#define SM_CM_ALL          (SM_CM_SYSTEM  | SM_CM_HANDSHAKE)
+#define SM_CM_NONE         0
+
+#define SM_CM_DEFAULT      SM_CM_NONE
+
+#ifndef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
+# ifdef __ultrix
+#  define _CLIENT_CAT_NAME "dtsession.cat"
+# else  /* __ultrix */
+#  define _CLIENT_CAT_NAME "dtsession"
+# endif /* __ultrix */
+extern char *_DtGetMessage(char *filename, int set, int n, char *s);
+# define GETMESSAGE(set, number, string)\
+    (_DtGetMessage(_CLIENT_CAT_NAME, set, number, string))
+#else
+# define GETMESSAGE(set, number, string)\
+    string
+#endif
+
+typedef int (*IOErrorHandlerProc)(
+	Display *
+);
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Pointer to hold information returned by session settings
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    int			accelNum;	    /* Pointer Control Information */
+    int			accelDenom;
+    int 		threshold;
+
+    int			timeout;	    /*Screen Saver Information */
+    int			interval;
+    int			preferBlank;
+    int			allowExp;
+
+    char		*fontDirs;	    /*Font path Information */
+    
+    XKeyboardState	kbdState;           /* Keyboard Control Information */
+    char		*autoRepeats;
+    
+    char		*buttonMap;	    /*Button Mapping Information */
+    
+    int 		numKeyCode;	    /*Key Mapping information */
+    int			keySymPerCode;
+    char		*keySyms;
+
+    int			maxKeyPerMod;	    /*Modifier Mapping Information */
+    char		*modSyms;
+
+    Boolean		didQuery;	/*Was this information queried for*/
+
+    int			confirmMode;
+    int			startState;
+} SessionSettings, *SessionSettingsPtr;
+
+/*
+ * Structure to save all of the session manager resources
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    char	*wmStartup;
+    Boolean	querySettings;
+    char	*keyholders;
+    int		alarmTime;
+    int		memThreshold;
+    char	*sessionVersion;
+    int		displayResolution;
+    char	*sessionLang;
+    long        contManagement;
+    int         waitClientTimeout;
+    int         waitWmTimeout;
+    Boolean     useBMS;
+    Boolean	saveFontPath;
+    int         saveYourselfTimeout;
+    Boolean     mergeXdefaults;
+    int		numSessionsBackedup;
+    char	*ignoreEnvironment;
+} SessionResources, *SessionResourcesPtr;
+
+/*
+ * Screen saver resources.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    int         cycleTimeout;
+    int         saverTimeout;
+    int         lockTimeout;
+    Boolean     random;
+    char        *saverList;
+} SaverResources, *SaverResourcesPtr;
+
+/*
+ * Structure to hold global state settings
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    Boolean			audioChange;
+    Boolean			pointerChange;
+    Boolean			pointerMapChange;
+    char			pointerMap[5];
+    int				numButton;
+    Boolean			keyboardChange;
+    Boolean			screenSavChange;
+    char			dClickBuf[50];
+} SettingsSet;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+	Boolean         audioChange;
+	Boolean         pointerChange;
+	Boolean         keyboardChange;
+	Boolean         screenSavChange;
+	Boolean         dClickChange;
+	Boolean         fontChange;
+	Boolean         preeditChange;
+} SettingsCust;
+
+
+/*
+ * Structure to hold general information needed to be shared by
+ * different modules in the session manager
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    Display		*display;
+    Widget		topLevelWid;
+    Window		topLevelWindow;
+    XtAppContext 	appCon;
+    char		*programName;		/* main()'s argv[0] */
+    int			numSavedScreens;
+    int			screen;
+    int			lockedState;
+    int			smState;
+    short		sessionType;
+    unsigned long	blackPixel;
+    unsigned long	whitePixel;
+    unsigned long	foregroundPix;
+    unsigned long 	backgroundPix;
+    Cursor		lockCursor, padlockCursor, blankCursor;
+    Cursor		waitCursor;
+    char		resourcePath[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+    char		settingPath[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+    char		clientPath[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+    char		fontPath[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+    char		exitPath[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+    char		etcPath[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /*
+						  * Used for sessionEtc on
+						  * the way up and for
+						  * moving current to
+						  * current.old on the way
+						  * down
+						  */
+    char		*savePath;
+    char		*restoreSession;
+    Boolean		dtwmRunning;
+    Boolean		bmsDead;
+    Tt_pattern		requests2Handle;
+    Tt_pattern		events2Watch;
+    Boolean		compatMode;
+    Boolean		lockOnTimeoutStatus;
+    gid_t		runningGID, conMgmtGID;
+    uid_t		runningUID, unLockUID;
+    Boolean		secureSystem;
+    Boolean		screenSaver;  /* obsolete */
+    Boolean		screenSaverRunning; /* obsolete */
+    Boolean		userSetWaitWmTimeout;
+    int                 savedWaitWmTimeout;
+    /*
+     * These strings are for our copy once we
+     * fetch resources with XtGetApplicationResources.
+     * These string returned can be overwritten anytime
+     * another Xrm call is made as in MergeCoeResources (libXv3.0)
+     * or in our own calls to XrmGetFileDatabase.
+     */
+
+    /*
+     * This set is the for smRes
+     */
+    char	*wmStartup;
+    char	*keyholders;
+    char	*sessionVersion;
+    char	*sessionLang;
+
+    /*
+     * This set is the for smSettings
+     */
+    char	*fontDirs;	    /*Font path Information */
+    char	*autoRepeats;
+    char	*buttonMap;	    /*Button Mapping Information */
+    char	*keySyms;
+    char	*modSyms;
+   
+    char        *saverList; /* Current screen saver list */
+    void        *saverListParse; /* Current parsed screen saver list */
+
+    Boolean	coverScreen; /* full screen cover */
+    char        *SmNextension; /* screen saver extension name */
+    char        *SmCextension; /* screen saver extension class */
+    char        *extensionSpec; /* sprintf specification */
+#if defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+    int         ssEventType; /* screen saver event type */
+#endif /* USE_X11SSEXT */
+    struct sigaction childvec;
+    struct sigaction defvec;
+
+    Boolean	homeSave;	 /* True if the save is via the Style
+				    Manager's Save Home Session button. */
+    Boolean	displaySpecific; /* Is Ture if the session is for a
+				    specific display, otherwise False */
+    Boolean	loggingOut;	/* Is True if the current save is for
+				   a logout; False otherwise. */
+} GeneralData;
+
+
+/*
+ * External variables
+ */
+extern	char	*_dtsessionMG();
+
+/*
+ * Files that the session manager saves sessions to and restores sessions
+ * from.  allocated in SmStrDef.c
+ */
+extern char SM_CLIENT_FILE[];
+extern char SM_CLIENT_FILE2[];
+extern char SM_RESOURCE_FILE[];
+extern char SM_FONT_FILE[];
+extern char SM_LOW_RES_EXT[];
+extern char SM_MED_RES_EXT[];
+extern char SM_HIGH_RES_EXT[];
+extern char SM_SETTING_FILE[];
+extern char SM_CONVERSION_FILE[];
+extern char SM_SYSTEM_CLIENT_FILE[];
+extern char SM_SYSTEM_RESOURCE_FILE[];
+extern char SM_SYSTEM_FONT_FILE[];
+
+extern char SM_SYSTEM_PATH[];
+extern char SM_SECURE_PATH[];
+
+extern char SM_CURRENT_DIRECTORY[];
+extern char SM_CURRENT_FONT_DIRECTORY[];
+extern char SM_HOME_DIRECTORY[];
+extern char SM_HOME_FONT_DIRECTORY[];
+extern char SM_OLD_EXTENSION[];
+extern char SM_SYSTEM_DIRECTORY[];
+extern char smEtcFile[];
+extern char smExitFile[];
+
+/*
+ * Session manager name and class used to get resources allocated in SmStrDef.c
+ */
+extern char SM_RESOURCE_CLASS[];
+extern char SM_RESOURCE_NAME[];
+extern char SM_HELP_VOLUME[];
+
+
+/*
+ * Name of the lock the session manager has to make sure it's the only
+ * session manager running
+ */
+extern char	SM_RUNNING_LOCK[];
+
+/*
+ * Location and name of the screen saver program
+ */
+extern char	SM_SCREEN_SAVER_LOC[];
+extern char	SM_SCREEN_SAVER_NAME[];
+
+/*
+ * Global resource settings. These settings determine program behavior
+ * wrt settings restoration, lock behavior, window manager startup etc
+ */
+extern SessionResources		smRes;
+extern SaverResources		smSaverRes;
+extern SettingsSet		smToSet;
+extern SettingsCust		smCust;
+extern SessionSettings		smSettings;
+extern GeneralData		smGD;
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+#endif /* __sm_h*/

cde/programs/dtsession/SmAuth.c

@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi.
+ *
+ * $TOG: SmAuth.c /main/4 1997/03/14 14:11:50 barstow $
+ */
+/******************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/SM/SMlib.h>
+#include <X11/ICE/ICEutil.h>
+
+#include "SmAuth.h"
+
+typedef struct _IceAuthFileEntryList
+{
+  IceAuthFileEntry *fileEntry;
+  struct _IceAuthFileEntryList *next;
+} IceAuthFileEntryList;
+
+/*
+ * Private data
+ */
+#define MAGIC_COOKIE_LEN 16
+#define AUTH_RETRIES 10
+#define AUTH_TIMEOUT 2
+#define AUTH_DEADTIME 600L
+
+/*
+ * Private functions - forward declarations
+ */
+
+static int
+writeIceauth (
+	int			nEntries,
+	IceAuthDataEntry	*entries,
+	int			restore);
+
+static int
+addToEntryList (
+	IceAuthFileEntryList	**entryListP,
+	IceAuthFileEntry	*fileEntry);
+
+static int
+fileEntryInDataEntries (
+	int			nEntries,
+	IceAuthDataEntry	*entries,
+	IceAuthFileEntry	*fileEntry);
+
+static void
+freeEntryList (
+	IceAuthFileEntryList	*entryList);
+
+/*
+ * Private functions - implemenation.
+ */
+static void
+freeEntryList (
+	IceAuthFileEntryList	*entryList)
+{
+    IceAuthFileEntryList *nextEntryP;
+
+    while (entryList != (IceAuthFileEntryList *)NULL)
+    {
+	nextEntryP = entryList->next;
+
+	IceFreeAuthFileEntry(entryList->fileEntry);
+	XtFree((char *)entryList);
+
+	entryList = nextEntryP;
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+fileEntryInDataEntries (
+	int			nEntries,
+	IceAuthDataEntry	*entries,
+	IceAuthFileEntry	*fileEntry)
+{
+    int i;
+
+#define SAME_STR(field) \
+    ((entries->field != (char *)NULL) &&\
+     (fileEntry->field != (char *)NULL) &&\
+     (strcmp(entries->field, fileEntry->field) == 0))
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nEntries; i++, entries++)
+    {
+	if (SAME_STR(protocol_name) &&
+	    SAME_STR(network_id) &&
+	    SAME_STR(auth_name))
+	    return 1;
+    }
+
+#undef SAME_STR
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+addToEntryList (
+	IceAuthFileEntryList	**entryListP,
+	IceAuthFileEntry	*fileEntry)
+{
+    IceAuthFileEntryList *newItem;
+
+    if ((newItem =
+	 (IceAuthFileEntryList *)XtMalloc(sizeof(IceAuthFileEntryList)))
+	== (IceAuthFileEntryList *)NULL)
+	return 0;
+
+    /* I assume it's ok to reverse the order; otherwise */
+    /* we need to add the new item onto the end of the list. */
+    newItem->fileEntry = fileEntry;
+    newItem->next = *entryListP;
+    *entryListP = newItem;
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+writeIceauth (
+	int			nEntries,
+	IceAuthDataEntry	*entries,
+	int			restore)
+{
+    FILE *fp = NULL;
+    char *path;
+    char *extraPath;
+    int oldUmask;
+    int i;
+    IceAuthDataEntry *dataEntry;
+    IceAuthFileEntry *fileEntry;
+    IceAuthFileEntry newEntry;
+    IceAuthFileEntryList *fileEntryList = (IceAuthFileEntryList *)NULL;
+    IceAuthFileEntryList *fileEntryP;
+
+    if ((path = IceAuthFileName()) == (char *)NULL)
+	return 0;
+
+    if (IceLockAuthFile(path, AUTH_RETRIES, AUTH_TIMEOUT, AUTH_DEADTIME)
+	!= IceAuthLockSuccess) {
+	/*
+	 * Let's try another PATH, in case IceLockAuthFile's call to
+	 * link() fails.  This workaround code was taken from 
+	 * dtlogin/auth.c.
+	 */
+        IceUnlockAuthFile(path);
+	extraPath = XtMalloc (MAXPATHLEN);
+	(void) strcpy (extraPath, CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP ".ICEauthority");
+	if (IceLockAuthFile(extraPath, AUTH_RETRIES, AUTH_TIMEOUT, AUTH_DEADTIME)
+		!= IceAuthLockSuccess) {
+	    IceUnlockAuthFile (extraPath);
+	    return 0;
+	 }
+	 path = extraPath;
+    }
+
+    /* If file exists, read entries into memory. */
+    if (access(path, F_OK) == 0)
+    {
+	if ((fp = fopen(path, "rb")) == (FILE *)NULL)
+	{
+	    IceUnlockAuthFile(path);
+	    return 0;
+	}
+
+	/* For each file entry: if matches something in entries, discard. */
+	/* Otherwise, hold onto it - we'll be writing it back to file. */
+	while ((fileEntry = IceReadAuthFileEntry(fp))
+	       != (IceAuthFileEntry *)NULL)
+	{
+	    if (!fileEntryInDataEntries(nEntries, entries, fileEntry) &&
+		!addToEntryList(&fileEntryList, fileEntry))
+	    {
+		freeEntryList(fileEntryList);
+		IceUnlockAuthFile(path);
+		fclose(fp);
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	fclose(fp);
+    }
+
+    /* Set umask to disallow non-owner access. */
+    oldUmask = umask(0077);
+
+    /* Write entries and fileEntryList to file. */
+    if ((fp = fopen(path, "wb")) == (FILE *)NULL)
+    {
+	freeEntryList(fileEntryList);
+	IceUnlockAuthFile(path);
+	umask(oldUmask);
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    for (fileEntryP = fileEntryList;
+	 fileEntryP != (IceAuthFileEntryList *)NULL;
+	 fileEntryP = fileEntryP->next)
+    {
+	if (IceWriteAuthFileEntry(fp, fileEntryP->fileEntry) == 0)
+	{
+	    fclose(fp);
+	    umask(oldUmask);
+	    freeEntryList(fileEntryList);
+	    IceUnlockAuthFile(path);
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Done with fileEntryList - free it up. */
+    freeEntryList(fileEntryList);
+
+    if (!restore)
+    {
+	for (i = 0; i < nEntries; i++)
+	{
+	    dataEntry = &(entries[i]);
+	    newEntry.protocol_name = dataEntry->protocol_name;
+	    newEntry.protocol_data_length = 0;
+	    newEntry.protocol_data = "";
+	    newEntry.network_id = dataEntry->network_id;
+	    newEntry.auth_name = dataEntry->auth_name;
+	    newEntry.auth_data_length = dataEntry->auth_data_length;
+	    newEntry.auth_data = dataEntry->auth_data;
+
+	    if (IceWriteAuthFileEntry(fp, &newEntry) == 0)
+	    {
+		fclose(fp);
+		umask(oldUmask);
+		IceUnlockAuthFile(path);
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Success! */
+    fclose(fp);
+    umask(oldUmask);
+    IceUnlockAuthFile(path);
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Host Based Authentication Callback.  This callback is invoked if
+ * the connecting client can't offer any authentication methods that
+ * we can accept.  We can accept/reject based on the hostname.
+ */
+Bool
+HostBasedAuthProc (
+	char			*hostname)
+
+{
+    /* 
+     * For now, we don't support host based authentication 
+     */
+    return (0);	      
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Provide authentication data to clients that wish to connect
+ */
+Status
+SetAuthentication (
+	int			count,
+	IceListenObj		*listenObjs,
+	IceAuthDataEntry	**authDataEntries)
+{
+    int		i;
+    int		nEntries = count * 2;
+
+    if ((*authDataEntries = (IceAuthDataEntry *) XtMalloc (
+	nEntries * sizeof (IceAuthDataEntry))) == NULL)
+	return 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nEntries; i += 2)
+    {
+	(*authDataEntries)[i].network_id =
+	    IceGetListenConnectionString (listenObjs[i/2]);
+	(*authDataEntries)[i].protocol_name = "ICE";
+	(*authDataEntries)[i].auth_name = "MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1";
+
+	(*authDataEntries)[i].auth_data =
+	    IceGenerateMagicCookie (MAGIC_COOKIE_LEN);
+	(*authDataEntries)[i].auth_data_length = MAGIC_COOKIE_LEN;
+
+	(*authDataEntries)[i+1].network_id =
+	    IceGetListenConnectionString (listenObjs[i/2]);
+	(*authDataEntries)[i+1].protocol_name = "XSMP";
+	(*authDataEntries)[i+1].auth_name = "MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1";
+
+	(*authDataEntries)[i+1].auth_data = 
+	    IceGenerateMagicCookie (MAGIC_COOKIE_LEN);
+	(*authDataEntries)[i+1].auth_data_length = MAGIC_COOKIE_LEN;
+
+	IceSetHostBasedAuthProc (listenObjs[i/2], HostBasedAuthProc);
+    }
+
+    /* Merge new entries into auth file. */
+    if (!writeIceauth(nEntries, *authDataEntries, 0))
+	return 0;
+
+    IceSetPaAuthData(nEntries, *authDataEntries);
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free up authentication data.
+ */
+void
+FreeAuthenticationData (
+	int			count,
+	IceAuthDataEntry 	*authDataEntries)
+{
+    int i;
+    int nEntries = count * 2;
+
+    /* Restore auth file to (approx) state before we ran.  We remove all */
+    /* new entries... some of these entries may have existed in the auth */
+    /* file before but were replaced when we came up. */
+    writeIceauth(nEntries, authDataEntries, 1);
+
+    /* Each transport has entries for ICE and XSMP */
+    for (i = 0; i < nEntries; i++)
+    {
+	free (authDataEntries[i].network_id);
+	free (authDataEntries[i].auth_data);
+    }
+
+    XtFree ((char *) authDataEntries);
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmAuth.h

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Novell, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi.
+ *
+ * $XConsortium: SmAuth.h /main/1 1995/12/29 20:17:43 barstow $
+ */
+/******************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _smauth_h
+#define _smauth_h
+
+#include <X11/ICE/ICEutil.h>
+
+Bool HostBasedAuthProc (
+	char			*hostname);
+
+Status SetAuthentication (
+	int			count,
+	IceListenObj		*listenObjs,
+	IceAuthDataEntry	**authDataEntries);
+
+void FreeAuthenticationData (
+	int			count,
+	IceAuthDataEntry 	*authDataEntries);
+
+#endif /* _smauth_h */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmCommun.c

@@ -0,0 +1,941 @@
+/* $TOG: SmCommun.c /main/14 1999/09/20 13:47:25 mgreess $ */
+/* 
+ * (c) Copyright 1997, The Open Group 
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmCommun.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains functionality needed to communicate with the
+ **  other DT components.  This includes initialization and callback code.
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+/*                                                               
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1990, 1993, 1994, 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company        
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 International Business Machines Corp.       
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 Novell, Inc.                                
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef _SUN_OS /* for the strtok calls */
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/StringDefs.h>
+#if defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+#include <X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h>
+#endif /* USE_X11SSEXT */
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+#include <Dt/DtP.h>
+#include <Dt/Action.h>
+#include <Dt/SessionM.h>
+#include <Dt/UserMsg.h>
+#include <Dt/Indicator.h>
+#include <Dt/MsgLog.h>
+#include <Tt/tttk.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmError.h"
+#include "SmLock.h"
+#include "SmCommun.h"
+#include "SmRestore.h"
+#include "SmSave.h"
+#include "SmUI.h"
+#include "SmProtocol.h"
+#include "SmGlobals.h"
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+
+/*
+ * Pulic var declarations
+ */
+extern int  clientRunning; /* from SmConMgmt.c */
+extern char **smExecArray;
+
+/*
+ * Defines for this file only
+ */
+#define	SS_ON		0
+#define	SS_OFF		1
+#define	SS_DRAW		2
+
+/*
+ * Constants for the Save_Session ToolTalk message
+ */
+static const char *SAVE_TYPE		= "save_type";
+static const char *SHUTDOWN		= "shutdown";
+static const char *INTERACT_STYLE	= "interact_style";
+static const char *FAST			= "fast";
+static const char *GLOBAL		= "global";
+static const char *NUM_BACKUPS		= "num_sessions_backedup";
+static const char *SAVE_LOCAL		= "Local";
+static const char *SAVE_GLOBAL		= "Global";
+static const char *SAVE_BOTH		= "Both";
+static const char *INTERACT_NONE	= "None";
+static const char *INTERACT_ERRORS	= "Errors";
+static const char *TRUE_STR		= "True";
+static const char *FALSE_STR		= "False";
+
+/*
+ * Local function definitions
+ */
+
+static void DtwmStarted(void);
+
+static void
+ProcessSaveSessionMessage (
+	Tt_message 		saveMsg )
+{
+	int			i;
+
+	int			saveType = -1;
+	Boolean			shutdown = DEFAULT_SHUTDOWN;
+	int			interactStyle = DEFAULT_INTERACT_STYLE;
+	Boolean			fast = DEFAULT_FAST;
+	Boolean			global = DEFAULT_GLOBAL;
+	int			numSessionsBackedup;
+
+	char			* type;
+	char			* value;
+	int			num_args = tt_message_args_count (saveMsg);
+
+	Tt_message 		tmpMsg;
+	Tt_status 		status;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_args; i++) {
+
+		type  = tt_message_arg_type  (saveMsg, i);
+  		status = tt_ptr_error (type);
+  		if (status != TT_OK || type == NULL)
+			continue;
+
+		value = tt_message_arg_val (saveMsg, i);
+  		status = tt_ptr_error (value);
+  		if (status != TT_OK || value == NULL)
+			continue;
+
+		if (!strcmp (type, SAVE_TYPE)) {
+			if (!strcmp (value, SAVE_LOCAL))
+				saveType = SmSaveLocal;
+			else if (!strcmp (value, SAVE_GLOBAL))
+				saveType = SmSaveGlobal;
+			else if (!strcmp (value, SAVE_BOTH))
+				saveType = SmSaveBoth;
+			else  {
+				tt_free (type);
+				tt_free (value);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		else if (!strcmp (type, SHUTDOWN)) {
+			if (!strcmp (value, TRUE_STR))
+				 shutdown = True;
+			else if (!strcmp (value, FALSE_STR))
+				 shutdown = False;
+		}
+		else if (!strcmp (type, INTERACT_STYLE)){
+			if (!strcmp (value, INTERACT_NONE))
+				interactStyle = SmInteractStyleNone;
+			else if (!strcmp (value, INTERACT_ERRORS))
+				interactStyle = SmInteractStyleErrors;
+		}
+		else if (!strcmp (type, FAST)) {
+			if (!strcmp (value, TRUE_STR))
+				 fast = True;
+			else if (!strcmp (value, FALSE_STR))
+				 fast = False;
+		}
+		else if (!strcmp (type, GLOBAL)) {
+			if (!strcmp (value, TRUE_STR))
+				 global = True;
+			else if (!strcmp (value, FALSE_STR))
+				 global = False;
+		}
+		else if (!strcmp (type, NUM_BACKUPS)) {
+			numSessionsBackedup = atoi (value);
+			if (numSessionsBackedup > 0)
+				smRes.numSessionsBackedup = numSessionsBackedup;
+		}
+		else {
+			char		*pch1;
+			char		*pch2;
+
+			pch1 = strdup ((char *) GETMESSAGE (40, 16,
+				"The Save_Session message contains the unrecognized argument '%s'."));
+			if (pch1) {
+				pch2 = XtMalloc (strlen (pch1)+strlen (type)+3);
+				if (pch2) {
+					(void) sprintf (pch2, pch1, type);
+					DtMsgLogMessage (smGD.programName, 
+						DtMsgLogWarning, pch2);
+					free (pch1); free (pch2);
+				}
+				else {
+					free (pch1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		tt_free (type);
+		tt_free (value);
+	}
+
+	if (saveType == -1) {
+		PostSaveSessionErrorDialog ();
+		return;
+	}
+
+        smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+	tmpMsg = tttk_message_create (0, TT_NOTICE, TT_SESSION, 0,
+				   "DtActivity_Beginning", 0);
+	tt_message_send (tmpMsg);
+	tt_message_destroy (tmpMsg);
+
+        SaveState ((smGD.sessionType == HOME_SESSION), 
+			smSettings.startState, saveType, shutdown,
+			interactStyle, fast, global);
+
+	tmpMsg = tttk_message_create (0, TT_NOTICE, TT_SESSION, 0,
+				   "DtActivity_Began", 0);
+	tt_message_send (tmpMsg);
+	tt_message_destroy (tmpMsg);
+
+	SetSystemReady ();
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  handleSessionMgrRequest ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Handle ToolTalk requests for which the session manager is responsible.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  Incoming request, and the pattern it matched.
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  Whether the message has been consumed.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+Tt_callback_action
+handleSessionMgrRequest(
+	Tt_message msg,
+	Tt_pattern pat
+)
+{
+  char *op;
+  Tt_status status;
+  Tt_callback_action rc;
+  Boolean destroyMsg;
+
+  if (tt_message_state( msg ) != TT_SENT) 
+  {
+    /* msg is a reply to ourself */
+    return TT_CALLBACK_CONTINUE;
+  }
+
+  op = tt_message_op( msg );
+  status = tt_ptr_error( op );
+  if ((status != TT_OK) || (op == 0)) 
+  {
+    /* Let tttk_Xt_input_handler() Do The Right Thing */
+    return TT_CALLBACK_CONTINUE;
+  }
+    
+  destroyMsg = True;
+  if (strcmp( op, SM_DISPLAY_LOCK ) == 0) 
+  {
+    if(smGD.smState == READY) 
+    {
+      smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+      LockDisplay(True);
+    }
+    rc = TT_CALLBACK_PROCESSED;
+  }
+  else if (strcmp( op, SM_XSESSION_EXIT ) == 0) 
+  {
+    if(smGD.smState == READY) 
+    {
+      smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+      ExitSession( msg );
+      /*
+       * The session may have been canceled so set the smState
+       * back to ready.
+       */
+      smGD.smState = READY;
+      destroyMsg = False; /* done in SmUI.c */
+    }
+    rc = TT_CALLBACK_PROCESSED;
+  } 
+  else if (strcmp( op, SM_RESOURCES_RELOAD ) == 0) 
+  {
+    if(smGD.smState == READY) 
+    {
+      smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+      ReloadResources();
+    }
+    rc = TT_CALLBACK_PROCESSED;
+  } 
+  else if (strcmp( op, SM_SAVE_SESSION ) == 0) 
+  {
+    if(smGD.smState == READY) 
+    {
+      smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+      ProcessSaveSessionMessage (msg);
+    }
+    rc = TT_CALLBACK_PROCESSED;
+  } 
+  else 
+  {
+    rc = TT_CALLBACK_CONTINUE;
+    destroyMsg = False;
+  }
+
+  if (destroyMsg == True)
+  {
+    tt_message_reply( msg );
+    tt_message_destroy( msg );
+  }
+        
+  tt_free( op );
+  return (rc);
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  StartMsgServer ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Initialize the BMS and register the session manager with it.  Then
+ *  register all requests and notifications that the session manager is
+ *  interested in.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  app = Application context for dtsession
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+StartMsgServer(void)
+{
+    Boolean 	makeConnect;
+    String	tmpString;
+    char *	sessId;
+    char *	procId;
+    int		fd;
+    Tt_status	status;
+    
+    /*
+     * Before we start anything - initialize the customize data structure
+     */
+    smCust.screenSavChange = False;
+    smCust.audioChange = False;
+    smCust.keyboardChange = False;
+    smCust.fontChange = False;
+    smCust.pointerChange = False;
+    smCust.dClickChange = False;
+    smCust.preeditChange = False;
+    
+    makeConnect = DtAppInitialize(smGD.appCon, smGD.display, smGD.topLevelWid,
+				  SM_RESOURCE_NAME,
+				  DtSM_TOOL_CLASS);
+
+    smDD.okString = XmStringCreateLocalized(((char *)GETMESSAGE(18, 39, "OK")));
+    smDD.okLogoutString = XmStringCreateLocalized(((char *)GETMESSAGE(18, 39, "OK")));
+    smDD.cancelLogoutString = XmStringCreateLocalized(((char *)GETMESSAGE(18,40, "Cancel")));
+    smDD.helpString = XmStringCreateLocalized(((char *)GETMESSAGE(18, 41, "Help")));
+
+    if(makeConnect == False)
+    {
+	smGD.bmsDead = True;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	smGD.bmsDead = False;
+    }
+
+    procId = tt_open();
+    status = tt_ptr_error( procId );
+    if (status == TT_OK) {
+	fd = tt_fd();
+	status = tt_int_error( fd );
+	if (status == TT_OK) {
+	    XtAppAddInput( smGD.appCon, fd, (XtPointer)XtInputReadMask,
+			   tttk_Xt_input_handler, procId );
+	}
+    }
+    if (status != TT_OK) {
+	smGD.bmsDead = True;
+    }
+
+    smGD.requests2Handle = 0;
+    if (status == TT_OK) {
+	smGD.requests2Handle = tt_pattern_create();
+	tt_pattern_category_set( smGD.requests2Handle, TT_HANDLE );
+	tt_pattern_class_add( smGD.requests2Handle, TT_REQUEST );
+	tt_pattern_scope_add( smGD.requests2Handle, TT_SESSION );
+	sessId = tt_default_session();
+	tt_pattern_session_add( smGD.requests2Handle, sessId );
+	tt_free( sessId );
+	tt_pattern_op_add( smGD.requests2Handle, SM_DISPLAY_LOCK );
+	tt_pattern_op_add( smGD.requests2Handle, SM_XSESSION_EXIT );
+	tt_pattern_op_add( smGD.requests2Handle, SM_RESOURCES_RELOAD );
+	tt_pattern_op_add( smGD.requests2Handle, SM_SAVE_SESSION );
+	tt_pattern_callback_add( smGD.requests2Handle,
+				 handleSessionMgrRequest );
+	status = tt_pattern_register( smGD.requests2Handle );
+	if (status != TT_OK) {
+	    smGD.bmsDead = True;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (smGD.bmsDead) {
+        char	*errfmt, *errmsg, *statmsg;
+
+	errfmt = SmNewString((char *) GETMESSAGE (6, 1, 
+	  "Could not connect to ToolTalk message server:\n%sExiting ...\n"));
+        statmsg = tt_status_message(status);
+        errmsg = XtMalloc(strlen(errfmt) + strlen(statmsg) + 2);
+        sprintf(errmsg, errfmt, statmsg);
+
+	PrintError(DtError, errmsg);
+	SM_FREE(errfmt);
+	XtFree(errmsg);
+	WarnNoStartup();
+    }
+} /* END OF FUNCTION StartMsgServer  */
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  DtwmStarted (fields, client_data, num_words)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static void 
+DtwmStarted()
+{
+    smGD.dtwmRunning = True;
+} /* END OF FUNCTION  DtwmStarted */
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  RestoreDefaults ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  A request has come in (usually from the customizer) to restore one of
+ *  the settings to their default states
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  smToSet = (global) turns off flag of setting no longer set
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+RestoreDefaults(
+		Atom toRestore)
+{
+
+  if(toRestore == XaDtSmScreenInfo)
+  {
+    smToSet.screenSavChange = False;
+  }
+  else if(toRestore == XaDtSmAudioInfo)
+  {
+    smToSet.audioChange = False;
+  }
+  else if(toRestore == XaDtSmKeyboardInfo)
+  {
+    smToSet.keyboardChange = False;
+  }
+  else if(toRestore == XaDtSmPointerInfo)
+  {
+    smToSet.pointerChange = False;
+    smToSet.pointerMapChange = False;
+  }
+} /* END OF FUNCTION RestoreDefaults  */
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  ProcessPropertyNotify ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  The customizer has changed one of the properties on the sm top level
+ *  window.  This fact is remembered, so that at shutdown the information
+ *  can be saved
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  smToSet = (global) turns on flag of setting being set
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+ProcessPropertyNotify(
+	XEvent *next)
+{
+  XPropertyEvent *pEvent = (XPropertyEvent *) next;
+
+  if (pEvent->state != PropertyNewValue)
+  {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if(pEvent->atom == XaDtSmScreenInfo)
+  {
+    smToSet.screenSavChange = True;
+    smCust.screenSavChange = True;
+  }
+  else if(pEvent->atom == XaDtSmAudioInfo)
+  {
+    smToSet.audioChange = True;
+    smCust.audioChange = True;
+  }
+  else if(pEvent->atom == XaDtSmKeyboardInfo)
+  {
+    smToSet.keyboardChange = True;
+    smCust.keyboardChange = True;
+  }
+  else if(pEvent->atom == XaDtSmFontInfo)
+  {
+    smCust.fontChange = True;
+  }
+  else if(pEvent->atom == XaDtSmPreeditInfo)
+  {
+    smCust.preeditChange = True;
+  }
+  else if(pEvent->atom == XaDtSmPointerInfo)
+  {
+    smToSet.pointerChange = True;
+    smCust.pointerChange = True;
+    smToSet.pointerMapChange = True;
+    smCust.dClickChange = True;
+  }
+} /* END OF FUNCTION RecordChanges   */
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  ProcessClientMessage(next)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  A client message has come from somewhere.  Process it if we know how.
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  next - the client message event
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+ProcessClientMessage(
+		     XEvent *next)
+{
+  XClientMessageEvent	*cEvent = (XClientMessageEvent *) next;
+
+ /*
+  * If this event came from the style manager - process it
+  */
+  if(cEvent->message_type == XaDtSmStmProtocol)
+  {
+    if(cEvent->data.l[0] == XaDtSmSaveToHome)
+    {
+     /*
+      * The style manager is asking for a save home session
+      */
+      if(smGD.smState == READY)
+      {
+        int startStateOrig;
+        int confirmModeOrig;
+	Tt_message msg;
+
+        smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+	msg = tttk_message_create( 0, TT_NOTICE, TT_SESSION, 0,
+				   "DtActivity_Beginning", 0 );
+	tt_message_send( msg );
+	tt_message_destroy( msg );
+
+        startStateOrig = smSettings.startState;
+        confirmModeOrig = smSettings.confirmMode;
+
+        smSettings.startState = cEvent->data.l[1];
+        smSettings.confirmMode = cEvent->data.l[2];;
+                
+        smGD.homeSave = True;
+	SaveState(True, smSettings.startState, SmSaveLocal,
+			DEFAULT_SHUTDOWN, SmInteractStyleNone,
+			DEFAULT_FAST, DEFAULT_GLOBAL);
+        smGD.homeSave = False;
+
+        smSettings.startState = startStateOrig;
+        smSettings.confirmMode = confirmModeOrig;
+
+	msg = tttk_message_create( 0, TT_NOTICE, TT_SESSION, 0,
+				   "DtActivity_Began", 0 );
+	tt_message_send( msg );
+	tt_message_destroy( msg );
+        SetSystemReady();
+      }
+    }
+    else if (cEvent->data.l[0] == XaDtSmRestoreDefault)
+    {
+      RestoreDefaults((Atom) cEvent->data.l[1]);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(cEvent->message_type == XaSmWmProtocol)
+  {
+   /*
+    * If this event came from the ws manager - process it
+    */
+    if(cEvent->data.l[0] == XaWmExitSession)
+    {
+     /*
+      * The ws manager is sending an exit session message
+      */
+      if(smGD.smState == READY)
+      {
+        smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+        ExitSession(0);
+      }
+    }
+    else if(cEvent->data.l[0] == XaWmLockDisplay)
+    {
+     /*
+      * The ws manager is sending an lock display message
+      */
+      if(smGD.smState == READY)
+      {
+        smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+        LockDisplay(True);
+      }
+    }
+    else if(cEvent->data.l[0] == XaWmWindowAck)
+    {
+     /*
+      * The ws manager is sending a "client has been managed"
+      */
+      clientRunning = True;
+    }
+    else if(cEvent->data.l[0] == XaWmReady)
+    {
+     /*
+      * The ws manager is sending a "ready for clients"
+      */
+      smGD.dtwmRunning = True;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (cEvent->message_type == XaDtSmStateInfo)
+  {
+    SmStateInfo state;
+    int flags = (int)cEvent->data.l[0];
+
+   /*
+    * Session state has been changed. Get new values.
+    */
+    if(_DtGetSmState(smGD.display, smGD.topLevelWindow, &state) == Success)
+    {
+      char *newRes = malloc(BUFSIZ);
+
+     /*
+      * Copy selected changes to data areas.
+      */
+      if (flags & SM_STATE_START)
+      {
+        smSettings.startState = state.smStartState;
+      }
+
+      if (flags & SM_STATE_CONFIRM)
+      {
+        smSettings.confirmMode = state.smConfirmMode;
+      }
+
+      newRes[0] = '\0';
+      if (flags & SM_STATE_CYCLETIMEOUT)
+      {
+        smSaverRes.cycleTimeout = state.smCycleTimeout;
+        sprintf(newRes+strlen(newRes), "dtsession*%scycleTimeout: %d\n",
+                smGD.extensionSpec,
+                smSaverRes.cycleTimeout/60);
+      }
+
+      if (flags & SM_STATE_LOCKTIMEOUT)
+      {
+        smSaverRes.lockTimeout = state.smLockTimeout;
+        sprintf(newRes+strlen(newRes), "dtsession*%slockTimeout: %d\n",
+                smGD.extensionSpec,
+                smSaverRes.lockTimeout/60);
+      }
+
+      if (flags & SM_STATE_SAVERTIMEOUT)
+      {
+        smSaverRes.saverTimeout = state.smSaverTimeout;
+        sprintf(newRes+strlen(newRes), "dtsession*%ssaverTimeout: %d\n",
+                smGD.extensionSpec,
+                smSaverRes.saverTimeout/60);
+      }
+
+      if (flags & SM_STATE_RANDOM)
+      {
+        smSaverRes.random = state.smRandom;
+        sprintf(newRes+strlen(newRes), "dtsession*%srandom: %s\n",
+                smGD.extensionSpec,
+                smSaverRes.random ? "True\n" : "False\n");
+      }
+
+      if (newRes[0] != '\0')
+      {
+        _DtAddToResource(smGD.display, newRes);
+      }
+
+      if (NULL != newRes) free(newRes);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (cEvent->message_type == XaDtSmSaverInfo)
+  {
+    SmSaverInfo saver;
+
+   /*
+    * Session screen saver list has been changed. Get new values.
+    */
+    if(_DtGetSmSaver(smGD.display, smGD.topLevelWindow, &saver) == Success)
+    {
+      char *pRes;
+
+      SM_FREE(smGD.saverList);
+      smGD.saverList = SmNewString(saver.saverList);
+      SM_FREE(saver.saverList);
+
+      pRes = malloc(strlen("dtsession*saverList: ") +
+                    strlen(smGD.saverList) +
+                    strlen(smGD.extensionSpec) +
+                    2); /* for the '/n' and '/0' */
+      if (pRes)
+      {
+        sprintf(pRes, "dtsession*%ssaverList: %s\n",
+               smGD.extensionSpec,
+               smGD.saverList);
+        _DtAddToResource(smGD.display, pRes);
+        free(pRes);
+      }
+
+      if (smGD.saverListParse)
+      {
+        SM_FREE(smGD.saverListParse);
+        smGD.saverListParse = NULL; 
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#if defined (USE_HPSSEXT)
+  else if(cEvent->message_type == XaSmScreenSaveRet)
+  {
+    if(cEvent->data.l[0] == SS_ON)
+    {
+      if (smSaverRes.saverTimeout + smSaverRes.lockTimeout > 0 &&
+          smGD.smState == READY)
+      {
+        smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+        LockDisplay(False);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* USE_HPSSEXT */
+
+  return;
+
+} /* END OF FUNCTION ProcessClientMessage  */
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  ProcessScreenSaverMessage(next)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  A screen saver message has come from the server.  Process it if we know how.
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  next - the client message event
+ *
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+#if defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+
+void
+ProcessScreenSaverMessage(
+                     XEvent *next)
+{
+  XScreenSaverNotifyEvent *ssEvent =  (XScreenSaverNotifyEvent *) next;
+  static int          ssCount = 0;
+
+  if (ssEvent->state == ScreenSaverOn)
+  { 
+   /*
+    * Screen saver activated. 
+    */
+    if (smSaverRes.saverTimeout + smSaverRes.lockTimeout > 0 &&
+        smGD.smState == READY)
+    {
+     /*
+      * Resource says to lock the display and SM is ready, so lock it.
+      */
+      smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+      LockDisplay(False);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* USE_X11SSEXT */
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  ProcessReloadActionsDatabase(void)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Register for notification of action database changes and load the action
+ *  database into our address space. This function can be called directly
+ *  by session mgr code, or called as a callback by the actions database.
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *  The first time in, this call registers itself as a callback routine with
+ *  the actions database. The first and subsequent times in, this call will
+ *  load the actions database into the session mgr address space.
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+void
+ProcessReloadActionsDatabase(void)
+{
+  static int needtoregister = 1;
+
+  if (needtoregister)
+  {
+   /*
+    * Have not yet registered with the actions database to call this
+    * callback when the database changes. Do so.
+    */
+    DtDbReloadNotify((DtDbReloadCallbackProc) ProcessReloadActionsDatabase,
+			(XtPointer) NULL);
+    needtoregister = 0;
+  }
+
+ /*
+  * Our copy of the actions database must be out of date. Reload.
+  */
+  DtDbLoad();  
+}
+
+void
+ProcessEvent(w, client_data, event, continue_to_dispatch)
+  Widget w;
+  XtPointer client_data;
+  XEvent *event;
+  Boolean *continue_to_dispatch;
+{
+  switch(event->type)
+  {
+    case ClientMessage:
+      ProcessClientMessage(event);
+      break;
+    case PropertyNotify:
+      ProcessPropertyNotify(event);
+      break;
+    default:
+#if defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+      if (event->type == smGD.ssEventType)
+        ProcessScreenSaverMessage(event);
+#endif
+      break;
+  }
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmCommun.h

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmCommun.h /main/5 1996/01/04 19:29:28 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmCommun.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations
+ **   needed for Communication for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smcommun_h
+#define _smcommun_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+extern char SM_DISPLAY_LOCK[];
+extern char SM_XSESSION_EXIT[];
+extern char SM_RESOURCES_RELOAD[];
+extern char SM_SAVE_SESSION[];
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+extern void StartMsgServer(void) ;
+extern void ProcessClientMessage(XEvent *);
+extern void ProcessScreenSaverMessage(XEvent *);
+extern void RestoreDefaults(Atom) ;
+extern void ProcessPropertyNotify(XEvent *) ;
+extern void ProcessReloadActionsDatabase(void);
+extern void ProcessEvent(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
+
+#endif /*_smcommun_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmConMgmt.c

@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/* $TOG: SmConMgmt.c /main/6 1998/04/06 14:35:42 mgreess $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmConMgmt.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **	 Contains all code which performs contention management functionality
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.		     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if !defined(linux)
+#include <nlist.h>
+#endif
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmProtocol.h"
+#include "SmConMgmt.h"
+#include "SmCommun.h"
+
+/*
+ * Define statements
+ */
+
+#ifdef mips
+#include <sys/fixpoint.h>
+#endif /* mips */
+
+#ifndef KMEM_FILE
+#define KMEM_FILE "/dev/kmem"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef KERNEL_FILE
+# ifdef mips
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/vmunix"
+# else /* not mips */
+#  define KERNEL_FILE "/hp-ux"
+# endif /* mips */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef mips
+#define GPGSLIM "gpgslim"
+#define FREEMEM "freemem"
+#else /* not mips */
+# ifdef __hpux
+#  ifdef __hp9000s800
+#   define GPGSLIM "gpgslim"
+#   define FREEMEM "freemem"
+#  endif /* __hp9000s800 */
+# endif /* __hpux */
+#endif /* mips */
+
+#ifndef GPGSLIM
+#define GPGSLIM "_gpgslim"
+#endif /* not defined GPGSLIM */
+
+#ifndef FREEMEM
+#define FREEMEM "_freemem"
+#endif /* not defined FREEMEM */
+
+
+int clientRunning;
+/*
+ * Variables global to this module only
+ */
+#if !defined(linux)
+static struct nlist namelist[3];
+#endif
+static int freemem_loc, gpgslim_loc, gpgslim, freemem;
+static int clientTimeout;
+
+/*
+ * Functions local to this module
+ */
+
+static void HandleClientMessage(Widget smWidget, XtPointer dummy, 
+				XEvent *event);
+static void WaitClientTimeout(XtPointer, XtIntervalId *);
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  GetMemoryUtilization ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Returns 1 of 3 values.  Tells the calling program that memory is not
+ *  available, that it is full (paging has started), or that it is not
+ *  full.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  An integer value representing the current memory utilization of the
+ *  system.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *  WARNING:  This routine, by its very nature is non-portable.  It depends
+ *  on an OS having some kind of access to its memory utilization.
+ *
+ *  DOUBLE WARNING: The mips architecture code has never been tested.
+ *  
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+int 
+GetMemoryUtilization(void)
+{
+#if !defined(linux)
+    static int init = 0;
+    static kmem;
+#if !defined(SVR4) && !defined(sco) && !defined(hpV4) && !defined(_POWER) && !defined (__osf__)
+    extern void nlist();
+#endif
+    int i;
+
+
+#ifdef __hpux
+    setresgid(-1, smGD.conMgmtGID, -1);
+#else
+#ifndef	SVR4
+    setregid(smGD.runningGID, smGD.conMgmtGID);
+#else
+    setgid(smGD.runningGID);
+    setegid(smGD.conMgmtGID);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    if(!init)
+    {
+	namelist[0].n_name = FREEMEM;
+	namelist[1].n_name = GPGSLIM;
+	namelist[2].n_name = (char *) NULL;
+	nlist( KERNEL_FILE, namelist);
+	for(i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+	{
+	    if (namelist[i].n_type == 0 ||
+		namelist[i].n_value == 0)
+	    {
+#ifdef __hpux
+		setresgid(-1, smGD.runningGID, -1);
+#else
+#ifndef	SVR4
+		setregid(smGD.conMgmtGID, smGD.runningGID);
+#else
+		setgid(smGD.conMgmtGID);
+		setegid(smGD.runningGID);
+#endif
+#endif
+		return(MEM_NOT_AVAILABLE);
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	freemem_loc =  namelist[0].n_value;
+	gpgslim_loc =  namelist[1].n_value;
+	
+	kmem = open(KMEM_FILE, O_RDONLY);
+	if (kmem < 0)
+	{
+#ifdef __hpux
+	    setresgid(-1, smGD.runningGID, -1);
+#else
+#ifndef	SVR4
+	    setregid(smGD.conMgmtGID, smGD.runningGID);
+#else
+	    setgid(smGD.conMgmtGID);
+	    setegid(smGD.runningGID);
+#endif
+#endif
+	    return(MEM_NOT_AVAILABLE);
+	}
+	(void) lseek(kmem, gpgslim_loc, 0);
+#ifdef mips
+        {
+	    fix temp;
+	    (void) read(kmem, (char *)&temp, sizeof(fix));
+	    gpgslim = FIX_TO_DBL(temp);
+	}
+#else /* not mips */
+	(void) read(kmem, (char *)&gpgslim, sizeof(int));
+#endif /* mips */
+	init = 1;
+    }
+    
+    (void) lseek(kmem, freemem_loc, 0);
+#ifdef mips
+    {
+	fix temp;
+	(void) read(kmem, (char *)&temp, sizeof(fix));
+	freemem = FIX_TO_DBL(temp);
+    }
+#else /* not mips */
+    (void) read(kmem, (char *)&freemem, sizeof(int));
+#endif /* mips */
+
+#ifdef __hpux
+    setresgid(-1, smGD.runningGID, -1);
+#else
+#ifndef	SVR4
+    setregid(smGD.conMgmtGID, smGD.runningGID);
+#else
+    setgid(smGD.conMgmtGID);
+    setegid(smGD.runningGID);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    if(freemem >= gpgslim)
+    {
+	return(MEM_NOT_FULL);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	return(MEM_FULL);
+    }
+#else /* linux */
+    return(MEM_NOT_FULL);
+#endif /* linux */
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  WaitForClientMap ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  This routine waits for the workspace manager to send it information
+ *  about a client being mapped, before returning to start the next client
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+WaitForClientMap( void )
+{
+    XtInputMask 	isThere;
+    XEvent 		event;
+    XClientMessageEvent	*cEvent = (XClientMessageEvent *) &event;
+    XtIntervalId	clientTimerId;
+    
+    XtAddEventHandler(smGD.topLevelWid,
+		      0,
+		      True,
+		      (XtEventHandler)HandleClientMessage,
+		      (XtPointer) NULL);
+    
+    /*
+     * Set a timer which stops the block on waiting for the
+     * client to start.  This value is fetched from the 
+     * waitClientTimeout resource.
+     */
+    clientRunning = False;
+    clientTimeout = False;
+    clientTimerId = XtAppAddTimeOut(smGD.appCon, 
+				    smRes.waitClientTimeout,
+				    WaitClientTimeout, NULL);
+    
+    while((clientRunning == False) && (clientTimeout == False))
+    {
+	XtAppProcessEvent(smGD.appCon, XtIMAll);
+    }
+    
+    XtRemoveTimeOut(clientTimerId);
+    XtRemoveEventHandler(smGD.topLevelWid,
+		      0,
+		      True,
+		      (XtEventHandler)HandleClientMessage,
+		      (XtPointer) NULL);
+    return;
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  WaitClientTimeout
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Timeout procedure the WaitForClientMap routine.  It stops a loop waiting
+ *  for the last started app to get mapped.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  clientTimeout = (global) flag that stops the loop
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static void 
+WaitClientTimeout(
+		  XtPointer client_data,
+		  XtIntervalId *id )
+{
+    clientTimeout = True;
+    return;
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  HandleClientMessage
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  This is the event handler registered to recieve the client message
+ *  from dtwm when a client has beem managed
+ *
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static void 
+HandleClientMessage( Widget smWidget,
+		    XtPointer dummy,
+		    XEvent *event)
+{
+    if (event->type == ClientMessage)
+    {
+	ProcessClientMessage(event);
+    }
+    return;
+} /* END OF FUNCTION HandleClientMessage */
+
+

cde/programs/dtsession/SmConMgmt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmConMgmt.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:34:31 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmConMgmt.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Contention Management for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smconmgmt_h
+#define _smconmgmt_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+#define		MEM_NOT_AVAILABLE	-1
+#define		MEM_NOT_FULL		0
+#define		MEM_FULL		1
+
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+
+extern int GetMemoryUtilization(void);
+extern void WaitForClientMap(void);
+
+
+#endif /*_smprotocols_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmDB.c

@@ -0,0 +1,728 @@
+/* $TOG: SmDB.c /main/5 1998/07/23 18:11:31 mgreess $ */
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "SmDB.h"
+
+#define RESOURCE_BUF_SZ 1024
+#define CLIENT_ID_SZ 20
+
+typedef struct _ClientDBRec
+{
+    XrmDatabase xrmDB;          /* Xrm resource database. */
+    Boolean openForInput;       /* True if input, False if output. */
+
+    char *xrmDBFileName;        /* Filename, for openForInput == False. */
+    char *tmpDBFileName;
+    FILE *xrmDBFile;
+
+    /* Below used if openForInput. */
+    char **XSMPClients;         /* malloc'd array of XSMP client IDs. */
+    int nXSMPClients;           /* number of XSMP clients. */
+    int nextXSMPClientIndex;    /* index of next XSMP client to Get;
+				 * also used as sequence # for Put. */
+
+    char **proxyClients;        /* malloc'd array of Proxy client IDs. */
+    int nProxyClients;          /* number of Proxy clients. */
+    int nextProxyClientIndex;   /* index of next Proxy client to Get;
+				 * also used as sequence # for Put. */
+} ClientDBRec;
+
+static Boolean xrmInitialized = False;
+static XrmName XSMPName[2];
+static XrmClass XSMPClass[2];
+static XrmName proxyName[2];
+static XrmClass proxyClass[2];
+static XrmQuark anyQuark;
+static char *resourceBuf = NULL;
+static char *clientIDBuf = NULL;
+
+/* Public strings */
+char *versionStr = ".version";
+char *dtsessionIDStr = ".dtsessionID";
+
+/* Strings for XSMP clients. */
+static char *clientStr = "!\nClient.%s";
+static char *programStr = "%s.Program";
+static char *cwdStr = "%s.Cwd";
+static char *restartCmdStr = "%s.RestartCommand";
+static char *cloneCmdStr = "%s.CloneCommand";
+static char *discardCmdStr = "%s.DiscardCommand";
+static char *environmentStr = "%s.Environment";
+static char *restartHintStr = "%s.RestartHint";
+static char *sessionIDStr = "%s.SessionID";
+
+/* Strings for Proxy clients. */
+static char *proxyStr = "!\nProxyClient.%s";
+static char *commandStr = "%s.Command";
+
+/* Common resources (XSMP and Proxy). */
+static char *clientHostStr = "%s.ClientHost";
+static char *screenNumStr = "%s.ScreenNum";
+
+static void _initXrm(void);
+static Bool _countProc(XrmDatabase *, XrmBindingList, XrmQuarkList,
+		       XrmRepresentation *, XrmValue *, XPointer);
+static Bool _fillClientIDProc(XrmDatabase *, XrmBindingList, XrmQuarkList,
+			      XrmRepresentation *, XrmValue *, XPointer);
+static Bool _fillStringArrayProc(XrmDatabase *, XrmBindingList, XrmQuarkList,
+				 XrmRepresentation *, XrmValue *, XPointer);
+static Boolean _getStringResource(XrmDatabase, char *,
+				  char *, char **, char *);
+static Boolean _getIntResource(XrmDatabase, char *, char *, int *, int);
+static Boolean _getStringArrayResource(XrmDatabase, char *, char *,
+				       char ***, char **);
+static void _freeStringArray(char **);
+static Boolean _putStringResource(ClientDBRec *, char *, char *, char *);
+static Boolean _putIntResource(ClientDBRec *, char *, char *, int);
+static Boolean _putStringArrayResource(ClientDBRec *, char *, char *, char **);
+static char *_tmpFileName(char *);
+
+static void
+_initXrm(void)
+{
+    if (!xrmInitialized)
+    {
+	XrmInitialize(); /* Just in case. */
+
+	anyQuark = XrmStringToQuark("?");
+	XSMPName[0] = proxyName[0] = anyQuark;
+	XSMPClass[0] = XrmStringToClass("Client");
+	proxyClass[0] = XrmStringToClass("ProxyClient");
+	XSMPName[1] = XSMPClass[1] =
+	    proxyName[1] = proxyClass[1] = NULLQUARK;
+	xrmInitialized = True;
+    }
+}
+
+static Bool
+_countProc(XrmDatabase *clientDB, XrmBindingList bindingList,
+	   XrmQuarkList quarkList, XrmRepresentation *reps,
+	   XrmValue *value, XPointer uData)
+{
+    int *countP = (int *)uData;
+
+    (*countP)++;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+_fillClientIDProc(XrmDatabase *clientDB, XrmBindingList bindingList,
+		  XrmQuarkList quarkList, XrmRepresentation *reps,
+		  XrmValue *value, XPointer uData)
+{
+    char ***idListPtr = (char ***)uData;
+    char **clientIDPtr = *idListPtr;
+
+    *clientIDPtr = (char *)value->addr;
+    (*idListPtr)++;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+_fillStringArrayProc(XrmDatabase *clientDB, XrmBindingList bindingList,
+		     XrmQuarkList quarkList, XrmRepresentation *reps,
+		     XrmValue *value, XPointer uData)
+{
+    char **stringsPtr = (char **)uData;
+    char *indexStr;
+
+    /* Our index into this string array is at quarkList[2]. */
+    if ((indexStr = XrmQuarkToString(quarkList[2])) == (char *)NULL)
+	return True;
+
+    if ((stringsPtr[atoi(indexStr)] = XtNewString((char *)value->addr))
+	== (char *)NULL)
+	return True;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+_getStringResource(XrmDatabase xrmDB, char *fmtStr,
+		   char *clientID, char **resourcePtr, char *defaultVal)
+{
+    char *resourceType;
+    XrmValue resourceValue;
+
+    if (NULL == resourceBuf) resourceBuf = XtMalloc(RESOURCE_BUF_SZ);
+    sprintf(resourceBuf, fmtStr, clientID);
+    if (XrmGetResource(xrmDB, resourceBuf, resourceBuf,
+		       &resourceType, &resourceValue))
+    {
+	if ((*resourcePtr = XtNewString(resourceValue.addr)) == (char *)NULL)
+	    return False;
+
+	return True;
+    }
+
+    *resourcePtr = defaultVal;
+    return True;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+_getIntResource(XrmDatabase xrmDB, char *fmtStr,
+		char *clientID, int *resourcePtr, int defaultVal)
+{
+    char *resourceType;
+    XrmValue resourceValue;
+
+    if (NULL == resourceBuf) resourceBuf = XtMalloc(RESOURCE_BUF_SZ);
+    sprintf(resourceBuf, fmtStr, clientID);
+    *resourcePtr = (XrmGetResource(xrmDB, resourceBuf, resourceBuf,
+				   &resourceType, &resourceValue)) ?
+			atoi(resourceValue.addr) : defaultVal;
+
+    return True;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+_getStringArrayResource(XrmDatabase xrmDB, char *fmtStr,
+			char *clientID, char ***resourcePtr,
+			char **defaultVal)
+{
+    XrmQuark resourceName[3];
+    XrmQuark resourceClass[3];
+    char *resourceType;
+    XrmValue resourceValue;
+    int nStrings;
+
+    resourceName[0] = resourceName[1] = anyQuark;
+    resourceName[2] = NULLQUARK;
+
+    if (NULL == resourceBuf) resourceBuf = XtMalloc(RESOURCE_BUF_SZ);
+    sprintf(resourceBuf, fmtStr, clientID);
+    XrmStringToQuarkList(resourceBuf, resourceClass);
+
+    nStrings = 0;
+    XrmEnumerateDatabase(xrmDB, resourceName, resourceClass,
+			 XrmEnumOneLevel, _countProc,
+			 (XPointer)&nStrings);
+
+    if (nStrings > 0)
+    {
+	char **stringsPtr;
+	int i;
+
+	if ((stringsPtr = (char **)XtMalloc((nStrings + 1) * sizeof(char *)))
+	    == (char **)NULL)
+	    return False;
+
+	/* Initialize array entries to NULL so free can work. */
+	/* NOTE: Final entry (nStrings) will remain NULL. */
+	for (i = 0; i <= nStrings; i++)
+	    stringsPtr[i] = (char *)NULL;
+
+	if (XrmEnumerateDatabase(xrmDB,
+				 resourceName, resourceClass,
+				 XrmEnumOneLevel, _fillStringArrayProc,
+				 (XPointer)stringsPtr))
+	{
+	    for (i = 0; i < nStrings; i++)
+		XtFree(stringsPtr[i]);
+	    XtFree((char *)stringsPtr);
+	    return False;
+	}
+
+	*resourcePtr = stringsPtr;
+	return True;
+    }
+
+    *resourcePtr = defaultVal;
+    return True;
+}
+
+static void
+_freeStringArray(char **stringsPtr)
+{
+    if (stringsPtr)
+    {
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; stringsPtr[i] != (char *)NULL; i++)
+	    XtFree(stringsPtr[i]);
+
+	XtFree((char *)stringsPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+static Boolean
+_putStringResource(ClientDBRec *clientDB, char *fmtStr, char *clientID,
+		   char *resourceVal)
+{
+    if (resourceVal != (char *)NULL)
+    {
+        if (NULL == clientIDBuf) clientIDBuf = XtMalloc(RESOURCE_BUF_SZ);
+	sprintf(clientIDBuf, fmtStr, clientID);
+	if (fprintf(clientDB->xrmDBFile, "%s: %s\n", clientIDBuf, resourceVal)
+	    < 0)
+	    return False;
+    }
+
+    return True;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+_putIntResource(ClientDBRec *clientDB, char *fmtStr, char *clientID,
+		int resourceVal)
+{
+    if (NULL == clientIDBuf) clientIDBuf = XtMalloc(RESOURCE_BUF_SZ);
+    sprintf(clientIDBuf, fmtStr, clientID);
+    if (fprintf(clientDB->xrmDBFile, "%s: %d\n", clientIDBuf, resourceVal)
+	< 0)
+	return False;
+
+    return True;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+_putStringArrayResource(ClientDBRec *clientDB, char *fmtStr, char *clientID,
+			char **resourceVal)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (resourceVal != (char **)NULL)
+    {
+	for (i = 0; resourceVal[i] != (char *)NULL; i++)
+	{
+            if (NULL == clientIDBuf) clientIDBuf = XtMalloc(RESOURCE_BUF_SZ);
+	    sprintf(clientIDBuf, fmtStr, clientID);
+	    if (fprintf(clientDB->xrmDBFile, "%s.%d: %s\n",
+			clientIDBuf, i, resourceVal[i]) < 0)
+		return False;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return True;
+}
+
+static char *
+_tmpFileName(char *fileName)
+{
+    int fileNameLen = strlen(fileName);
+    char *newFileName =
+	(char *)XtMalloc((fileNameLen + 20) * sizeof(char));
+
+    if (newFileName != (char *)NULL)
+    {
+	int i;
+	char *ptr = &(newFileName[fileNameLen]);
+
+	strcpy(newFileName, fileName);
+
+	/* Hm.  I suppose if a couple billion versions of this file exist */
+	/* we could loop forever, but that's not likely. */
+	for (i = 0; ; i++)
+	{
+	    sprintf(ptr, "%d", i);
+	    if (access(newFileName, F_OK) != 0)
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return newFileName;
+}
+
+ClientDB
+OpenInputClientDB(char *fileName,
+		  char **version,
+		  char **dtsessionID)
+{
+    ClientDBRec *inputDB;
+    char **tmpPtr;
+    char *resourceType;
+    XrmValue resourceValue;
+
+    *version = (char *)NULL;
+    *dtsessionID = (char *)NULL;
+
+    _initXrm();
+
+    if ((fileName == (char *)NULL) ||
+	((inputDB = (ClientDBRec *)XtMalloc(sizeof(ClientDBRec)))
+	 == (ClientDBRec *)NULL))
+	return (ClientDB)NULL;
+
+    if ((inputDB->xrmDB = XrmGetFileDatabase(fileName))
+	== (XrmDatabase)NULL)
+    {
+	XtFree((char *)inputDB);
+	return (ClientDB)NULL;
+    }
+
+    inputDB->openForInput = True;
+    inputDB->XSMPClients = inputDB->proxyClients = (char **)NULL;
+    inputDB->nXSMPClients = inputDB->nProxyClients = 0;
+    inputDB->nextXSMPClientIndex = inputDB->nextProxyClientIndex = 0;
+
+    /* Count the number of XSMP and Proxy clients. */
+    XrmEnumerateDatabase(inputDB->xrmDB, XSMPName, XSMPClass,
+			 XrmEnumOneLevel, _countProc,
+			 (XPointer)&inputDB->nXSMPClients);
+    XrmEnumerateDatabase(inputDB->xrmDB, proxyName, proxyClass,
+			 XrmEnumOneLevel, _countProc,
+			 (XPointer)&inputDB->nProxyClients);
+
+    /* Allocate space for the client IDs and fill from database. */
+    if (inputDB->nXSMPClients > 0)
+    {
+	if ((inputDB->XSMPClients =
+	     (char **)XtMalloc(inputDB->nXSMPClients * sizeof(char *)))
+	    == (char **)NULL)
+	{
+	    XrmDestroyDatabase(inputDB->xrmDB);
+	    XtFree((char *)inputDB);
+	    return (ClientDB)NULL;
+	}
+
+	tmpPtr = inputDB->XSMPClients;
+	XrmEnumerateDatabase(inputDB->xrmDB, XSMPName, XSMPClass,
+			     XrmEnumOneLevel, _fillClientIDProc,
+			     (XPointer)&tmpPtr);
+    }
+    if (inputDB->nProxyClients > 0)
+    {
+	if ((inputDB->proxyClients =
+	     (char **)XtMalloc(inputDB->nProxyClients * sizeof(char *)))
+	    == (char **)NULL)
+	{
+	    XrmDestroyDatabase(inputDB->xrmDB);
+	    XtFree((char *)inputDB->XSMPClients);
+	    XtFree((char *)inputDB);
+	    return (ClientDB)NULL;
+	}
+
+	tmpPtr = inputDB->proxyClients;
+	XrmEnumerateDatabase(inputDB->xrmDB, proxyName, proxyClass,
+			     XrmEnumOneLevel, _fillClientIDProc,
+			     (XPointer)&tmpPtr);
+    }
+
+    if ((!XrmGetResource(inputDB->xrmDB, versionStr, versionStr,
+			 &resourceType, &resourceValue)) ||
+	((*version = XtNewString(resourceValue.addr)) == (char *)NULL) ||
+	(!XrmGetResource(inputDB->xrmDB, dtsessionIDStr, dtsessionIDStr,
+			 &resourceType, &resourceValue)) ||
+	((*dtsessionID = XtNewString(resourceValue.addr)) == (char *)NULL))
+    {
+	if (*version)
+	{
+	    XtFree(*version);
+	    *version = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+	XrmDestroyDatabase(inputDB->xrmDB);
+	XtFree((char *)inputDB->XSMPClients);
+	XtFree((char *)inputDB->proxyClients);
+	XtFree((char *)inputDB);
+	return (ClientDB)NULL;
+    }
+
+    return (ClientDB)inputDB;
+}
+
+ClientDB
+OpenOutputClientDB(char *fileName,
+		   char *version,
+		   char *dtsessionID)
+{
+    ClientDBRec *outputDB;
+
+    _initXrm();
+
+    if ((fileName == (char *)NULL) ||
+	(version == (char *)NULL) ||
+	(dtsessionID == (char *)NULL) ||
+	((outputDB = (ClientDBRec *)XtMalloc(sizeof(ClientDBRec)))
+	 == (ClientDBRec *)NULL))
+	return (ClientDB)NULL;
+
+    outputDB->xrmDB = (XrmDatabase)NULL;
+    outputDB->openForInput = False;
+    outputDB->nextXSMPClientIndex = 0;
+    outputDB->nextProxyClientIndex = 0;
+
+    /* Save current DB to tmp file in case we need to restore later. */
+    if (((outputDB->xrmDBFileName = XtNewString(fileName)) == (char *)NULL) ||
+	((outputDB->tmpDBFileName = _tmpFileName(fileName)) == (char *)NULL))
+    {
+	if (outputDB->xrmDBFileName != (char *)NULL)
+	    XtFree(outputDB->xrmDBFileName);
+	XtFree((char *)outputDB);
+	return (ClientDB)NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ((rename(fileName, outputDB->tmpDBFileName) != 0) &&
+	(errno != ENOENT))
+    {
+	XtFree(outputDB->xrmDBFileName);
+	XtFree(outputDB->tmpDBFileName);
+	XtFree((char *)outputDB);
+	return (ClientDB)NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Open fileName for writing. */
+    if ((outputDB->xrmDBFile = fopen(fileName, "w")) == (FILE *)NULL)
+    {
+	rename(outputDB->tmpDBFileName, fileName);
+	XtFree(outputDB->xrmDBFileName);
+	XtFree(outputDB->tmpDBFileName);
+	XtFree((char *)outputDB);
+	return (ClientDB)NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Store version and session ID. */
+    fprintf(outputDB->xrmDBFile, "! dtsession.db\n!\n%s: %s\n",
+	    versionStr, version);
+    fprintf(outputDB->xrmDBFile, "%s: %s\n", dtsessionIDStr, dtsessionID);
+
+    return (ClientDB)outputDB;
+}
+
+XSMPClientDBRecPtr
+GetXSMPClientDBRec(ClientDB inputDBPtr)
+{
+    ClientDBRec *inputDB = (ClientDBRec *)inputDBPtr;
+    XSMPClientDBRecPtr clientPtr;
+    char *clientID;
+
+    if ((inputDB == (ClientDBRec *)NULL) ||
+	(!inputDB->openForInput) ||
+	(inputDB->nextXSMPClientIndex >= inputDB->nXSMPClients) ||
+	((clientPtr = (XSMPClientDBRecPtr)XtMalloc(sizeof(XSMPClientDBRec)))
+	 == (XSMPClientDBRecPtr)NULL))
+    {
+	return (XSMPClientDBRecPtr)NULL;
+    }
+
+    clientID = inputDB->XSMPClients[inputDB->nextXSMPClientIndex];
+
+    /* Initialize pointers so Free is easy. */
+    clientPtr->clientId = (char *)NULL;
+    clientPtr->clientHost = clientPtr->program =
+	clientPtr->cwd = (char *)NULL;
+    clientPtr->restartCommand = clientPtr->cloneCommand =
+	clientPtr->discardCommand = clientPtr->environment = (char **)NULL;
+
+    /* Retrieve resources from the database. */
+    if (!_getStringResource(inputDB->xrmDB, sessionIDStr, clientID,
+			    &clientPtr->clientId, (char *)NULL) ||
+	!_getStringResource(inputDB->xrmDB, clientHostStr, clientID,
+			     &clientPtr->clientHost, (char *)NULL) ||
+	!_getStringResource(inputDB->xrmDB, programStr, clientID,
+			    &clientPtr->program, (char *)NULL) ||
+	!_getStringResource(inputDB->xrmDB, cwdStr, clientID,
+			    &clientPtr->cwd, (char *)NULL) ||
+	!_getIntResource(inputDB->xrmDB, screenNumStr, clientID,
+			 &clientPtr->screenNum, 0) ||
+	!_getStringArrayResource(inputDB->xrmDB, restartCmdStr, clientID,
+				 &clientPtr->restartCommand, (char **)NULL) ||
+	!_getStringArrayResource(inputDB->xrmDB, cloneCmdStr, clientID,
+				 &clientPtr->cloneCommand, (char **)NULL) ||
+	!_getStringArrayResource(inputDB->xrmDB, discardCmdStr, clientID,
+				 &clientPtr->discardCommand, (char **)NULL) ||
+	!_getStringArrayResource(inputDB->xrmDB, environmentStr, clientID,
+				 &clientPtr->environment, (char **)NULL) ||
+	!_getIntResource(inputDB->xrmDB, restartHintStr, clientID,
+			 (int *)&clientPtr->restartHint, 0))
+    {
+	FreeXSMPClientDBRec(clientPtr);
+	return (XSMPClientDBRecPtr)NULL;
+    }
+
+    clientPtr->next = (XSMPClientDBRec *)NULL;
+
+    inputDB->nextXSMPClientIndex++;
+
+    return clientPtr;
+}
+
+ProxyClientDBRecPtr
+GetProxyClientDBRec(ClientDB inputDBPtr)
+{
+    ClientDBRec *inputDB = (ClientDBRec *)inputDBPtr;
+    ProxyClientDBRecPtr clientPtr;
+    char *clientID;
+
+    if ((inputDB == (ClientDBRec *)NULL) ||
+	(!inputDB->openForInput) ||
+	(inputDB->nextProxyClientIndex >= inputDB->nProxyClients) ||
+	((clientPtr = (ProxyClientDBRecPtr)XtMalloc(sizeof(ProxyClientDBRec)))
+	 == (ProxyClientDBRecPtr)NULL))
+    {
+	return (ProxyClientDBRecPtr)NULL;
+    }
+
+    clientID = inputDB->proxyClients[inputDB->nextProxyClientIndex];
+
+    /* Initialize pointers so Free is easy. */
+    clientPtr->clientHost = (char *)NULL;
+    clientPtr->command = (char **)NULL;
+
+    /* Retrieve resources from the database. */
+    if (!_getStringResource(inputDB->xrmDB, clientHostStr, clientID,
+			     &clientPtr->clientHost, (char *)NULL) ||
+	!_getStringArrayResource(inputDB->xrmDB, commandStr, clientID,
+				 &clientPtr->command, (char **)NULL) ||
+	!_getIntResource(inputDB->xrmDB, screenNumStr, clientID,
+			 &clientPtr->screenNum, 0))
+    {
+	FreeProxyClientDBRec(clientPtr);
+	return (ProxyClientDBRecPtr)NULL;
+    }
+
+    inputDB->nextProxyClientIndex++;
+
+    return clientPtr;
+}
+
+Boolean
+PutXSMPClientDBRec(ClientDB outputDBPtr,
+		   XSMPClientDBRecPtr clientPtr)
+{
+    ClientDBRec *outputDB = (ClientDBRec *)outputDBPtr;
+    char clientID[CLIENT_ID_SZ];
+
+    if ((outputDB == (ClientDBRec *)NULL) ||
+	(outputDB->openForInput) ||
+	(clientPtr == (XSMPClientDBRecPtr)NULL) ||
+	(clientPtr->clientId == (char *)NULL))
+	return False;
+
+    sprintf(clientID, "C%d", outputDB->nextXSMPClientIndex++);
+
+    if (!_putStringResource(outputDB, clientStr, clientID, clientID) ||
+	!_putStringResource(outputDB, sessionIDStr, clientID,
+			    clientPtr->clientId) ||
+	!_putStringResource(outputDB, clientHostStr, clientID,
+			    clientPtr->clientHost) ||
+	!_putStringResource(outputDB, programStr, clientID,
+			    clientPtr->program) ||
+	!_putStringResource(outputDB, cwdStr, clientID,
+			    clientPtr->cwd) ||
+	!_putIntResource(outputDB, screenNumStr, clientID,
+			 clientPtr->screenNum) ||
+	!_putStringArrayResource(outputDB, restartCmdStr, clientID,
+				 clientPtr->restartCommand) ||
+	!_putStringArrayResource(outputDB, cloneCmdStr, clientID,
+				 clientPtr->cloneCommand) ||
+	!_putStringArrayResource(outputDB, discardCmdStr, clientID,
+				 clientPtr->discardCommand) ||
+	!_putStringArrayResource(outputDB, environmentStr, clientID,
+				 clientPtr->environment) ||
+	!_putIntResource(outputDB, restartHintStr, clientID,
+			 (int)clientPtr->restartHint))
+	return False;
+
+    return True;
+}
+
+Boolean
+PutProxyClientDBRec(ClientDB outputDBPtr,
+		    ProxyClientDBRecPtr clientPtr)
+{
+    ClientDBRec *outputDB = (ClientDBRec *)outputDBPtr;
+    char clientID[CLIENT_ID_SZ];
+
+    if ((outputDB == (ClientDBRec *)NULL) ||
+	(outputDB->openForInput) ||
+	(clientPtr == (ProxyClientDBRecPtr)NULL))
+	return False;
+
+    sprintf(clientID, "PC%d", outputDB->nextProxyClientIndex++);
+
+    if (!_putStringResource(outputDB, proxyStr, clientID, clientID) ||
+	!_putStringResource(outputDB, clientHostStr, clientID,
+			    clientPtr->clientHost) ||
+	!_putStringArrayResource(outputDB, commandStr, clientID,
+				 clientPtr->command) ||
+	!_putIntResource(outputDB, screenNumStr, clientID,
+			 clientPtr->screenNum))
+	return False;
+
+    return True;
+}
+
+Boolean
+CloseClientDB(ClientDB clientDBPtr, Boolean writeDB)
+{
+    ClientDBRec *clientDB = (ClientDBRec *)clientDBPtr;
+
+    if (clientDB == (ClientDBRec *)NULL)
+	return False;
+
+    /* Input? */
+    if (clientDB->openForInput)
+    {
+	XtFree((char *)clientDB->XSMPClients);
+	XtFree((char *)clientDB->proxyClients);
+	XrmDestroyDatabase(clientDB->xrmDB);
+	XtFree((char *)clientDB);
+
+	return True;
+    }
+
+    /* Otherwise, output. */
+    if (writeDB)
+    {
+	/* Close file and remove temp DB. */
+	fclose(clientDB->xrmDBFile);
+	unlink(clientDB->tmpDBFileName);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/* Close file and remove it; restore original DB. */
+	fclose(clientDB->xrmDBFile);
+	rename(clientDB->tmpDBFileName, clientDB->xrmDBFileName);
+    }
+
+    XtFree(clientDB->xrmDBFileName);
+    XtFree(clientDB->tmpDBFileName);
+    XtFree((char *)clientDB);
+
+    return True;
+}
+
+void
+FreeXSMPClientDBRec(XSMPClientDBRecPtr clientPtr)
+{
+    if (clientPtr != (XSMPClientDBRecPtr)NULL)
+    {
+	XtFree(clientPtr->clientId);
+	XtFree(clientPtr->clientHost);
+	XtFree(clientPtr->program);
+	XtFree(clientPtr->cwd);
+
+	_freeStringArray(clientPtr->restartCommand);
+	_freeStringArray(clientPtr->cloneCommand);
+	_freeStringArray(clientPtr->discardCommand);
+	_freeStringArray(clientPtr->environment);
+
+	XtFree((char *)clientPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+FreeProxyClientDBRec(ProxyClientDBRecPtr clientPtr)
+{
+    if (clientPtr != (ProxyClientDBRecPtr)NULL)
+    {
+	XtFree(clientPtr->clientHost);
+
+	_freeStringArray(clientPtr->command);
+
+	XtFree((char *)clientPtr);
+    }
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmDB.h

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#ifndef SM_DB_H
+#define SM_DB_H
+
+/* $XConsortium: SmDB.h /main/3 1996/02/02 16:03:03 rswiston $ */
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+ */
+
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+
+typedef void *ClientDB;
+
+/* Public variables */
+extern char *versionStr;
+extern char *dtsessionIDStr;
+
+/********* Open the client database *********/
+/*
+ * Open client database for reading.
+ */
+extern ClientDB OpenInputClientDB(char *fileName,
+				  char **version,
+				  char **dtsessionID);
+/*
+ * Open client database for writing.
+ */
+extern ClientDB OpenOutputClientDB(char *fileName,
+				   char *version,
+				   char *dtsessionID);
+
+
+/********* Retrieve client record from database *********/
+/*
+ * Retrieve the next XSMP client record from the database.
+ */
+extern XSMPClientDBRecPtr GetXSMPClientDBRec(ClientDB inputDB);
+/*
+ * Retrieve the next Proxy client record from the database.
+ */
+extern ProxyClientDBRecPtr GetProxyClientDBRec(ClientDB inputDB);
+
+
+/********* Save client record to database *********/
+/*
+ * Save XSMP client record to database.
+ */
+extern Boolean PutXSMPClientDBRec(ClientDB outputDB,
+				  XSMPClientDBRecPtr clientPtr);
+/*
+ * Save Proxy client record to database.
+ */
+extern Boolean PutProxyClientDBRec(ClientDB outputDB,
+				   ProxyClientDBRecPtr clientPtr);
+
+
+/********* Close client database *********/
+extern Boolean CloseClientDB(ClientDB clientDB, Boolean writeDB);
+
+
+/********* Free memory allocated for client records. *********/
+extern void FreeXSMPClientDBRec(XSMPClientDBRecPtr);
+extern void FreeProxyClientDBRec(ProxyClientDBRecPtr);
+
+#endif /* SM_DB_H */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmError.c

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+/* $TOG: SmError.c /main/5 1998/10/26 17:20:29 mgreess $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmError.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains all session manager error functions.  The session
+ **  manager traps all errors from the toolkit and server, and takes action
+ **  depending on the type of the error.
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.		     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef _SUN_OS
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <Dt/UserMsg.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmError.h"
+#include "SmGlobals.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Global variables
+ */
+NlsStrings   		smNLS;
+
+/*
+ * Local functions
+ */
+
+static int LibError( Display *, XErrorEvent *) ;
+static int LibIOError( void ) ;
+static void ToolkitWarning( char *) ;
+static void ToolkitError( char *) ;
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  InitErrorHandler ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Initialize all error handlers for use with the session manager
+ *  session manager should only exit on real severe conditions.
+ *  it should try to gracefully recover on the rest.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+InitErrorHandler( void )
+{
+    XSetErrorHandler(LibError);
+    XSetIOErrorHandler( (IOErrorHandlerProc) LibIOError);
+    XtSetWarningHandler(ToolkitWarning);
+    XtSetErrorHandler(ToolkitError);
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  LibError (display, errorEvent)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  X error handler.  Takes care of X errors so that the server will
+ *  not terminate the session manager on any error.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  errorEvent = pointer to error event returned by the server.
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static int 
+LibError(
+        Display *display,
+        XErrorEvent *errorEvent )
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    switch (errorEvent->error_code)
+    {
+      case Success:
+	break;
+      case BadAccess:
+	PrintError(DtError, BAD_ACCESS);
+	break;
+      case BadAtom:
+	PrintError(DtError, BAD_ATOM);	
+	break;
+      case BadDrawable:
+	PrintError(DtError, BAD_DRAWABLE);
+	break;
+      case BadMatch:
+	PrintError(DtError, BAD_MATCH);
+	break;
+      case BadValue:
+	PrintError(DtError, BAD_VALUE);
+	break;
+      case BadWindow:
+	PrintError(DtError, BAD_WINDOW);
+	break;
+      default:
+	PrintError(DtError, DEFAULT_ERROR);
+	break;
+    }
+#endif /*DEBUG*/
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  LibIOError ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  IO error handler.  In charge of handling IO events from the
+ *  X server
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static int 
+LibIOError( void )
+{
+    PrintError(DtError, GETMESSAGE(8, 1, "Connection to server lost - exiting."));
+    SM_EXIT(-1);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  ToolkitWarning (message)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Handles all toolkit warnings
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  message = error message sent by toolkit
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static void 
+ToolkitWarning(
+        char *message )
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    PrintError(DtError, message);
+#endif /*DEBUG*/    
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  ToolkitError (message)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Handles all toolkit errors
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  message = error message sent by toolkit
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *  Xt assumes the client will exit when an XtError is generated
+ *  so we must exit since the state will be undefined if we
+ *  continue
+ * 
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static void 
+ToolkitError(
+        char *message )
+{
+
+    PrintError(DtError, message);
+    SM_EXIT(-1);
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  PrintError (severity, help)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Handles the printing of all session manager errors using the dt API
+ *  These are simple errors that don't set errno
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  severity = severity of the error
+ *  help = help message to user (what type of error)
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *  WARNING: Currently the va_alist parameter is not used in the
+ *  DtSimpleError is not used
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+PrintError(
+        DtSeverity severity,
+        char *help )
+{
+    _DtSimpleError(DtProgName, severity, NULL, "%.2000s", help);
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  PrintErrnoError (severity, help)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Handles the printing of all session manager errors using the dt API
+ *  These are simple errors that set errno
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  severity = severity of the error
+ *  help = help message to user (what type of error)
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *  WARNING: Currently the va_alist parameter is not used in the
+ *  DtSimpleErrnoError is not used
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+PrintErrnoError(
+        DtSeverity severity,
+        char *help )
+{
+    _DtSimpleErrnoError(DtProgName, severity, NULL, "%s", help);
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmError.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* $TOG: SmError.h /main/6 1998/10/26 17:20:54 mgreess $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmError.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and definitions needed for
+ **   Error Handling for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smerror_h
+#define _smerror_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *  Error messages trapped by X window calls - These are never displayed
+ */
+#define		BAD_ACCESS		"Attempt to access unavailable resource"
+#define		BAD_ATOM		"Atom for argument is not a defined atom"
+#define		BAD_DRAWABLE	"Drawable argument is invalid"
+#define		BAD_MATCH		"Drawable is a invalid match for operation"
+#define		BAD_VALUE		"Value in X call is invalid"
+#define		BAD_WINDOW		"Window does not exist"
+#define		DEFAULT_ERROR	"Non-fatal error from X server"
+
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ * All NLS error messages
+ */
+typedef struct _NlsStrings
+{
+    char	*cantLockErrorString;
+    char	*trustedSystemErrorString;
+    char	*cantMallocErrorString;
+    char	*cantOpenFileString;
+    char	*cantForkClientString;
+    char	*cantExecClientString;
+    char	*cantCreateDirsString;
+} NlsStrings;
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+extern NlsStrings	smNLS;
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+extern void InitErrorHandler( void ) ;
+extern void PrintError( DtSeverity , char *) ;
+extern void PrintErrnoError( DtSeverity , char *) ;
+#ifndef  NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
+char * GetMessage( int, int, char * );
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /*_smerror_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmGlobals.h

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* $TOG: SmGlobals.h /main/10 1997/03/20 16:04:11 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmGlobals.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   the global processing routines for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smglobals_h
+#define _smglobals_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+#define SM_DISPLAY_HOME		"display-home"
+#define SM_DISPLAY_CURRENT	"display-current"
+
+#define SmNewString(str) strdup(str)
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+extern void WaitChildDeath(int i);
+extern void InitSMGlobals( void ) ;
+extern int SetRestorePath( unsigned int , char **) ;
+extern int SetSavePath( Boolean , int ) ;
+extern int SetFontSavePath(char *) ;
+extern void InitNlsStrings( void ) ;
+extern void MoveDirectory( char *, char *, Boolean) ;
+extern void SetSystemReady();
+extern void SmExit ( int exitStatus);
+extern void UndoSetSavePath ( );
+extern void SetSIGPIPEToDefault ( );
+extern void FixPath ( char * the1stPath );
+
+#endif /*_smglobals_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmHelp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmHelp.c /main/4 1995/10/30 09:35:21 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmHelp.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This module is in charge of all interaction between the session
+ **  manager and the help subsystem.  Anytime the user requests help,
+ **  it goes through this routine.
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.		     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/Shell.h>
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+#include <Xm/MwmUtil.h>
+#include <Dt/HelpQuickD.h>
+
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmUI.h"
+#include "SmHelp.h"
+#include "SmGlobals.h"
+
+#ifdef __apollo
+#include <X11/apollosys.h>
+#endif  /* __apollo */
+
+
+/*
+ * #define statements
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Global variables
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Local Function Declarations
+ */
+
+static void CloseHelpDialog (Widget, XtPointer, XtPointer);
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  TopicHelpRequested ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  When a user requests help on a given topic - display that topic in a
+ *  new or cached help dialog
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  client_data - the id that is sent to Cache Creek which tells it which
+ *		topic to display
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  None.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+TopicHelpRequested(
+        Widget w,
+        XtPointer client_data,
+        XtPointer call_data )
+{
+    int           i;
+
+    char	  *locationId = (char *) client_data;
+    Widget	  transientShell;
+    Arg         setArgs2[5];
+    int         n2;
+    Widget printButton = NULL;
+    Widget helpButton = NULL;
+    Widget backButton = NULL;
+    Widget okButton = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Find the shell to make this a transient for for
+     */
+    transientShell = w;
+    while(!XtIsSubclass(transientShell, shellWidgetClass))
+    {
+	transientShell = XtParent(transientShell);
+    }
+
+    if((smDD.smHelpDialog != NULL) && 
+       (XtIsManaged(smDD.smHelpDialog)))
+    {
+	return ;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+     * Use the help dialog already created if it has been - otherwise
+     * create it
+     */
+    if (smDD.smHelpDialog != NULL)
+    {
+	i = 0;
+	XtSetArg(uiArgs[i], DtNlocationId,locationId);        	i++;
+	XtSetValues(smDD.smHelpDialog, uiArgs, i);
+
+	i = 0;
+	XtSetArg(uiArgs[i], XmNtransientFor, transientShell);  i++;
+	XtSetValues(XtParent(smDD.smHelpDialog), uiArgs, i);
+  
+	XtManageChild(smDD.smHelpDialog);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        i = 0;
+	XtSetArg(uiArgs[i], XmNtitle, GETMESSAGE(29, 1,
+          "Session Manager Help"));  i++;
+	XtSetArg (uiArgs[i],DtNhelpVolume, SM_HELP_VOLUME);     i++; 
+	XtSetArg (uiArgs[i],DtNhelpType, DtHELP_TYPE_TOPIC);     i++; 
+        XtSetArg (uiArgs[i], DtNlocationId,locationId);        i++;
+        smDD.smHelpDialog =  DtCreateHelpQuickDialog(smGD.topLevelWid,
+						      "helpWidget", uiArgs, i);
+
+	i = 0;
+	XtSetArg(uiArgs[i], XmNtransientFor, transientShell);  i++;
+	XtSetValues(XtParent(smDD.smHelpDialog), uiArgs, i);
+	
+	
+        XtAddCallback(smDD.smHelpDialog, DtNcloseCallback,
+                      CloseHelpDialog, NULL);
+
+	okButton = DtHelpQuickDialogGetChild(smDD.smHelpDialog,
+					  DtHELP_QUICK_CLOSE_BUTTON );
+        n2=0;
+        XtSetArg (setArgs2[n2], XmNlabelString, smDD.okString);    n2++;
+        XtSetValues(okButton, setArgs2, n2);
+
+	printButton = DtHelpQuickDialogGetChild(smDD.smHelpDialog,
+                                             DtHELP_QUICK_PRINT_BUTTON );
+	helpButton = DtHelpQuickDialogGetChild(smDD.smHelpDialog,
+					    DtHELP_QUICK_HELP_BUTTON );
+	backButton = DtHelpQuickDialogGetChild(smDD.smHelpDialog,
+					    DtHELP_QUICK_BACK_BUTTON );
+	XtUnmanageChild(printButton);
+        XtUnmanageChild(helpButton);
+        XtUnmanageChild(backButton);
+	
+	XtAddCallback (XtParent(smDD.smHelpDialog), XmNpopupCallback,
+		       DialogUp, NULL);
+
+        XtManageChild(smDD.smHelpDialog);
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  CloseHelpDialog ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  This callback is called when the user wishes to dismiss the help callback
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static void
+CloseHelpDialog (Widget w,
+		 XtPointer clientData,
+		 XtPointer callData)
+{
+    XtUnmanageChild(smDD.smHelpDialog);
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmHelp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmHelp.h /main/8 1996/02/09 16:01:30 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmHelp.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Help for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smhelp_h
+#define _smhelp_h
+ 
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+#define	HELP_LOGOUT_STR			"ConfirmLogoutDE"
+#define HELP_LOGOUT_QUERY_STR		"SEConfirmLogoutWithChoiceDE"
+#define HELP_LOGOUT_COMPAT_MODE_STR	"logoutCompatModeHelp"
+#define HELP_BMS_DEAD_STR		"bmsDeadHelp"
+#define HELP_CONFIRMATION_SESSION_STR	"ConfirmSessionCreation"
+#define HELP_XSMP_INIT_FAILURE_STR	"SessionInitFailure"
+#define HELP_SESSION_SAVE_ERROR_STR	"SessionSaveError"
+#define HELP_APP_CLOSE_REASONS_STR	"ApplicationCloseReasons"
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface
+ */
+
+extern void TopicHelpRequested( Widget, XtPointer, XtPointer ) ;
+
+
+
+#endif /*_smhelp_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmHftRing.c

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmHftRing.c /main/5 1996/11/01 10:17:15 drk $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmHftRing.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains the AIX 3.2.x specific code required to enable and
+ **  disable the HFT ring. This is used for session locking.
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/hft.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+
+#include <X11/Xosdefs.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef X_NOT_STDC_ENV
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Local functions.
+ */
+
+static int open_hft_file(char *);
+static void close_hft_file(int);
+static int get_hft_ring(void);
+static int process_hft(int, unsigned int);
+static int scan_hft_ring(int);
+static int my_strpos(char *, char);
+static int is_local_display(void);
+
+#define HFTRFILE      "/dev/hft/0"
+#define HFQSTAT       hftqstat
+#define HFSMGRCMD     hftsmgrcmd
+#define HFQEIO        HFQERROR
+#define HFCSMGR       HFTCSMGR
+#define HFQSMGR       HFTQSMGR
+#define HFVTSTATUS    (HFVTACTIVE | HFVTNOHOTKEY)
+#define HF_VTIODN     hf_vtid
+
+/*
+ * Global variables.
+ */
+int                   hft_file;
+struct HFQSTAT        hft_ring;
+
+static int
+open_hft_file(char *hft_file_name)
+{
+  return(open(hft_file_name, O_RDONLY));
+}
+
+static void
+close_hft_file(int hft_file)
+{
+  close(hft_file); 
+}
+
+static int
+get_hft_ring(void)
+{
+  int rc = -1;
+  struct hfbuf hft_buffer;
+
+  hft_buffer.hf_bufp = (char *)&hft_ring;
+  hft_buffer.hf_buflen = sizeof(hft_ring);
+
+
+ /*
+  * Open the hft queue manager.
+  */ 
+  if ((hft_file = open_hft_file(HFTRFILE)) >= 0)
+  {
+    rc = ioctl(hft_file, HFQSMGR, &hft_buffer);
+    close_hft_file(hft_file);
+  }
+
+  return(rc);
+}
+
+static int
+process_hft(int hft_action, unsigned int hft_vtid)
+{
+  struct HFSMGRCMD hft_manager;
+  char hft_file_name[20];
+  int rc = -1;
+
+  hft_manager.hf_cmd = hft_action;
+  hft_manager.hf_vtid = hft_vtid;
+
+  sprintf(hft_file_name, "/dev/hft/%u", hft_vtid);
+  if ((hft_file = open_hft_file(hft_file_name)) >= 0)
+  {
+    rc = ioctl(hft_file, HFCSMGR, &hft_manager);
+    close_hft_file(hft_file);  
+  }
+
+  return(rc);
+}
+
+static int
+scan_hft_ring(int hft_action)
+{
+  int hft;
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  if (get_hft_ring() != 0)
+  {
+    return(-1);
+  }
+
+  for (hft = 0; hft < hft_ring.hf_numvts; hft++)
+  {
+    if (!(hft_ring.hf_vtinfo[hft].hf_vtstate & HFVTSTATUS))
+    {
+      if (process_hft(hft_action, hft_ring.hf_vtinfo[hft].HF_VTIODN) != 0)
+      {
+        return(-1);
+      }
+    }
+  }  
+  return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+my_strpos(char *s, char c)
+{
+  char *t;
+
+  return((t=strchr(s,c)) == NULL ? -1 : t - s);
+}
+
+static int 
+is_local_display(void)
+{
+  static int is_local = -1; /* display status */
+  char *dpyname; /* display name */
+  int n; /* position of colon char */
+  char hostname[MAXHOSTNAMELEN]; /* host name */
+
+  if (is_local == -1)
+  {
+    is_local =
+      (((dpyname = getenv("DISPLAY")) != NULL) &&  /* name not null */
+       ((n = my_strpos(dpyname, ':')) != -1) && /* name has a colon */
+       ((n == 0) || /* name is :n */
+        (strncmp(dpyname, "unix", n) == 0) || /* name is unix:n */
+        (strncmp(dpyname, "localhost", n) == 0) || /* name is localhost:n */
+        ((gethostname(hostname, MAXHOSTNAMELEN) == 0) && /* hostname ok */
+         (strncmp(dpyname, hostname, n) == 0)))); /* name == hostname */
+  }
+   
+  return(is_local);
+}
+
+void
+AixEnableHftRing(int enable)
+{
+  if (is_local_display())
+  {
+    scan_hft_ring(enable ? SMUNHIDE : SMHIDE);
+  }
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmHftRing.h

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmHftRing.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:35:50 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmHftRing.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   This file contains the AIX 3.2.x specific declarations required to
+ **   enable and disable the HFT ring. This is used for session locking.
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smhftring_h
+#define _smhftring_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+extern void AixEnableHftRing(int);
+
+
+#endif /*_smhftring_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmLock.h

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmLock.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:36:10 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmLock.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Lock Handling for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smlock_h
+#define _smlock_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Type of lock states possible during session
+ */
+#define		UNLOCKED		0
+#define 	LOCKED			1
+
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+extern void LockDisplay( Boolean locknow ) ;
+extern void CreateLockCursor( void ) ;
+
+
+
+#endif /*_smlock_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmMain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,648 @@
+/* $TOG: SmMain.c /main/18 1998/04/20 12:59:26 mgreess $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmMain.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This is the controlling program for the session manager.  It
+ **  calls routines to start the BMS, initialize globals and handlers,
+ **  and restore the correct session.
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#ifdef __osf__
+#include <sys/access.h>
+#endif
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/StringDefs.h>
+
+#if defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+#include <X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h>
+#endif /* USE_X11SSEXT */
+
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+#include <Dt/UserMsg.h>
+#include <Dt/EnvControlP.h>
+#include <Dt/DtP.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmError.h"
+#include "SmGlobals.h"
+#include "SmCommun.h"
+#include "SmRestore.h"
+#include "SmUI.h"
+#include "SrvPalette.h"
+#include "SmProtocol.h"
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+
+/*
+ * Internal Functions
+ */
+void main(int, char **);
+static void StopAll(int i);
+static int RegisterX11ScreenSaver(Display *display, int *ssEventType);
+
+/*
+ * Internal Defines
+ */
+#ifdef __hpux
+#define SECURE_SYS_PATH "/.secure/etc/passwd"
+#endif
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define SECURE_SYS_PATH "/etc/security/passwd"
+#endif
+#ifdef SVR4
+#define SECURE_SYS_PATH "/etc/shadow"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  main (argc, argv)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Controls the startup and event dispatching of the session manager.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  argc = command line options
+ *  argv = number of command line options
+ *
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void
+main (int argc,
+          char  **argv)
+{
+    int                         n, tmp;
+    Arg                         args[10];
+    XEvent                      next;
+    String                      tmpString;
+    XWindowAttributes           windAtt;
+    XPropertyEvent              *pEvent = (XPropertyEvent *) &next;
+    int                         status;
+    struct stat                 buf;
+    Display                     *srvDisplay;
+    struct sigaction            stopvec;
+    char		 	*lang;
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+
+# include <sys/sysinfo.h>
+# include <sys/proc.h>
+
+    unsigned long        op;
+    int                  buffer[2];
+    unsigned long        nbytes = 1;
+    char*                arg = 0;
+    unsigned long        flag = 0;
+
+    int                  ssi_status;
+
+    op = SSI_NVPAIRS;
+
+    buffer[0] = SSIN_UACPROC;
+    buffer[1] =  UAC_NOPRINT;
+# ifdef DEBUG_UAC
+    buffer[1] |= UAC_SIGBUS;
+# endif
+
+    ssi_status = setsysinfo ( op, buffer, nbytes, arg, flag );
+#endif
+
+    setlocale( LC_ALL, "" );
+    XtSetLanguageProc( NULL, NULL, NULL );
+
+    smGD.smState = IN_PROCESS;
+    smGD.programName = strdup (argv[0]);
+
+    /*
+     * We report some errors before we call the DtInitialize procedure.
+     * The Dt initialize procedure sets this name.  If we report
+     * an error via DtSimple error before this is set we see the message
+     * prepended with <unknown program name> in the error log.
+     */
+    DtProgName = SM_RESOURCE_NAME ;
+    
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    if(argc > 5)
+    {
+        int junk = 1;
+        while(junk)
+        {
+           junk = 1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif /*  DEBUG */
+    /*
+     * Set our effective gid to the real gid until we need it to be
+     * sys (during contention management)
+     */
+    smGD.runningGID = getgid();
+    smGD.conMgmtGID = getegid();
+
+    /*
+     * Set uid up according to whether this is a secure system
+     * Secure systems need root priviledges to read the /etc/passwd file
+     */
+    smGD.runningUID = getuid();
+
+#ifdef SECURE_SYS_PATH
+    status = stat(SECURE_SYS_PATH, &buf);
+#else
+    status = -1;
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize LANG if it isn't defined.
+     */
+    if ((lang = getenv ("LANG")) == NULL)
+    {
+	lang = XtMalloc (7);
+	(void) strcpy (lang, "LANG=C");
+	(void) putenv (lang);
+    }
+
+    if(status == -1)
+    {
+        /*
+         * this is not a secure system - remove all suid priviledges
+         */
+        smGD.unLockUID = smGD.runningUID;
+        smGD.secureSystem = False;
+        SM_SETESUID(smGD.runningUID);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       /*
+        * Save the root priviledge to be restored when trying to unlock
+        */
+        smGD.unLockUID = geteuid();
+        smGD.secureSystem = True;
+        SM_SETEUID(smGD.runningUID);
+    }
+
+#ifdef __hpux
+    setresgid(-1, smGD.runningGID, -1);
+#else  /* _AIX or any other system */
+#ifndef	SVR4
+    setregid(smGD.conMgmtGID, smGD.runningGID);
+#else
+    setgid(smGD.conMgmtGID);
+    setegid(smGD.runningGID);
+#endif
+#endif /* !hpux */
+
+   /*
+    * Set up POSIX sigaction structs
+    */
+
+    /*
+     * Must set SIGPIPE to SIG_IGN so the process does not exit
+     * if a child terminates unexpectedly during an I/O operation
+     * that raises SIGPIPE.  Note that before this process exec's
+     * any subprocesses, SIGPIPE must be set to SIG_DFL.
+     */
+    sigemptyset(&stopvec.sa_mask);
+    stopvec.sa_flags = 0;
+    stopvec.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+    (void) sigaction(SIGPIPE, &stopvec, (struct sigaction *) NULL);
+
+    stopvec.sa_handler = StopAll;
+    sigemptyset(&stopvec.sa_mask);
+    stopvec.sa_flags = 0;
+ 
+    smGD.childvec.sa_handler = WaitChildDeath;
+    sigemptyset(&smGD.childvec.sa_mask);
+    smGD.childvec.sa_flags = 0;
+
+    smGD.defvec.sa_handler = SIG_DFL;
+    sigemptyset(&smGD.defvec.sa_mask);
+    smGD.defvec.sa_flags = 0;
+
+    smGD.appCon = 0;
+    smGD.display = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * This must be done before XtToolkitInitialize
+     * to set up the local environment
+     */
+    _DtEnvControl(DT_ENV_SET);
+    _DtEnvControl(DT_ENV_SET_BIN);
+
+    /*
+     * Set up NLS error messages first
+     */
+    InitNlsStrings();
+
+    /*
+     * Set the paths of where resources are to be restored from
+     */
+    SetRestorePath(argc, argv);
+
+    /*
+     * The first thing that must happen is that resources must be restored
+     * so that my resources will be correct
+     */
+    if(smGD.compatMode == False)
+    {
+     /*
+      * Load session resources.
+      */
+      RestoreResources(False,
+                       "-load",
+                       "-system",
+                       "-xdefaults",
+                       smGD.resourcePath[0] != '\0' ? "-file" : NULL,
+                       smGD.resourcePath,
+                       NULL);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set up to catch SIGTERM
+     */
+    stopvec.sa_handler = StopAll;
+    sigemptyset(&stopvec.sa_mask);
+    stopvec.sa_flags = 0;
+
+    sigaction(SIGTERM, &stopvec, (struct sigaction *) NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Now set up a communication with the toolkit
+     *
+     * Create one display connection for dtsession, and one for
+     * the color server. We cannot share a display connection since
+     * motif creates a display object for the color server's display during
+     * color server initialization. Since the color server is not yet 
+     * operational, any dialogs (ie the dtsession logout confirmation
+     * dialogs) created on that display do not get the color server colors. 
+     * The dtsession display object is created after color server
+     * initialization is complete.
+     */
+    if (smGD.appCon == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * The following code will have been initialized if the
+	 * session creation code posted a dialog.
+	 */
+        XtToolkitInitialize();
+        smGD.appCon = XtCreateApplicationContext();
+        smGD.display = XtOpenDisplay(smGD.appCon, NULL, argv[0], 
+				SM_RESOURCE_CLASS,
+				NULL, 0, &argc, argv);
+    }
+
+    srvDisplay = XtOpenDisplay(smGD.appCon, NULL, argv[0], SM_RESOURCE_CLASS,
+                                 NULL, 0, &argc, argv);
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize XSMP 
+     */
+    if (!InitXSMP (argv[0]))
+        SM_EXIT(-1);
+
+    /* Added the following check to exit in case of error RK 09.08.93 */
+    if(smGD.display == NULL)
+    {
+        PrintError(DtError, GETMESSAGE(4, 1, "Invalid display name - exiting."));
+        SM_EXIT(-1);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Lock out other session managers from running - if there is one
+     * running already - exit
+     */
+    if(!_DtGetLock(smGD.display, SM_RUNNING_LOCK))
+    {
+        PrintError(DtError, GETMESSAGE(2, 2, "Another dtsession is currently running - exiting."));
+        SM_EXIT(-1);
+    }
+
+   /*
+    * Restore preferences
+    */
+    if (smGD.resourcePath[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      RestorePreferences(smGD.resourcePath);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Start up the color server
+     */
+    InitializeDtcolor(srvDisplay, smGD.sessionType);
+
+    /*
+     * AFTER the colors are set up - create the top level widget
+     * Set up a NULL WM_COMMAND property
+     */
+    n = 0;
+    XtSetArg(args[n], XmNbackground,
+             XBlackPixel(smGD.display, XDefaultScreen(smGD.display))); n++;
+    XtSetArg(args[n], XmNmappedWhenManaged, False); n++;
+    XtSetArg (args[n], XmNwidth, 1); n++;
+    XtSetArg (args[n], XmNheight, 1); n++;
+    smGD.topLevelWid = XtAppCreateShell (SM_RESOURCE_NAME, SM_RESOURCE_CLASS,
+                                         applicationShellWidgetClass,
+                                         smGD.display, args, n);
+    XtRealizeWidget(smGD.topLevelWid);
+
+    /*
+     * Select to get the lock on timeout if the user requests it
+     * and if the server supports it. This must be done before
+     * InitSMGlobals() so smGD.lockOnTimeoutStatus is known.
+     */
+#if defined (USE_HPSSEXT)
+#ifdef USE_HP_SPECIFIC_XLIB
+    tmp = XHPSSChangeNotify(smGD.display, &XaSmScreenSaveRet, 3);
+#else /* USE_HP_SPECIFIC_XLIB */
+    tmp = -1;
+#endif /* USE_HP_SPECIFIC_XLIB */
+#elif defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+    tmp = RegisterX11ScreenSaver(smGD.display, &smGD.ssEventType);
+#else
+    tmp = -1;
+#endif
+
+    if(tmp != 0)
+    {
+	smGD.lockOnTimeoutStatus = False;
+	XaSmScreenSaveRet = None;
+#if defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+	smGD.ssEventType = None;
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	smGD.lockOnTimeoutStatus = True;
+    }
+
+    InitSMGlobals();
+
+    /*
+     * Put the program into a wait state
+     */
+    ShowWaitState(True);
+
+    InitErrorHandler();
+
+    /*
+     * Restore resources for lang/resolution independence
+     */
+    if((smGD.resourcePath[0] != NULL) || (smGD.compatMode == False))
+    {
+	RestoreIndependentResources();
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now restore the rest of the clients and the settings
+     */
+    if((smGD.clientPath[0] != NULL) && (smGD.compatMode == False))
+    {
+	if(RestoreState() == -1)
+	{
+	    StartWM();
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	if(smGD.compatMode == True)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * dtstyle needs the DT_SESSION_STATE  even in
+	     * compatibility mode
+	     */
+	    SetCompatState();
+	}
+	StartWM();
+    }
+
+    /* 
+     * Run the user's startup script if there is one
+     */
+
+    if(smGD.compatMode == False)
+    {
+	StartEtc(False); /* run sessionetc */
+    }
+
+    InitProtocol ();
+
+    /*
+     * If we are in compatibility mode - kill the parent and leave the
+     * child running so that the script exits
+     */
+    if(smGD.compatMode == True)
+    {
+	KillParent();
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Select for property notify on the top level window - so that
+     * when the style manager changes something - it is known
+     */
+    XGetWindowAttributes(smGD.display, smGD.topLevelWindow, &windAtt);
+    XSelectInput(smGD.display, smGD.topLevelWindow,
+		 windAtt.your_event_mask | PropertyChangeMask);
+
+    ShowWaitState(False);
+
+    /*
+     * Register for events
+     * - PropertyChange (maskable)
+     * - ClientMessage (non-maskable)
+     */
+    XtAddEventHandler(smGD.topLevelWid,
+                      PropertyChangeMask,
+                      True, ProcessEvent, NULL);
+
+    smGD.smState = READY;
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+    /* If we've just populated a new .dtprofile into the user's home
+     * directory, put up a popup dialog explaining the need to edit it
+     * to allow .login/.profile to work properly
+     */
+
+    arg = getenv("DTNEWPROFILE");
+    if (arg)
+        WarnNewProfile();
+#endif
+
+    while(1)
+    {
+      XtAppNextEvent(smGD.appCon, &next);
+      if (next.type != 0)
+      {
+#if defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+        if (next.type == smGD.ssEventType)
+        {
+         /*
+          * We should simply be calling XtDispatchEvent() but the toolkit
+          * doesn't seem to know how to dispatch a run-time generated
+          * event type.
+          */
+          ProcessEvent(smGD.topLevelWid, NULL, &next, NULL);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          XtDispatchEvent(&next);
+        }
+#else
+        XtDispatchEvent(&next);
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  StopAll
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Signal handler for SIGTERM. Causes dtsession to do a normal shutdown
+ *  procedure without saving any state.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  shutDown (state flag)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *  We want to be careful to ignore the TERM signal if we are already
+ *  shutting down when it occurs.
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+static void
+StopAll(int i)
+{
+    ImmediateExit(-1, 0, True);
+}
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  RegisterX11ScreenSaver
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Register with X11 screen saver server extension for screen saver events. 
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  display - display from XtOpenDisplay()
+ *  pssEventType - pointer to buffer in which to return ss event type
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  pssEventType - (rc=0) screen saver event type, (rc!=0) undefined
+ *
+ *  Returns:
+ *  -------
+ *  0 - successfully registered for screen saver events
+ *  other - failed to register for screen saver events
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+#if defined (USE_X11SSEXT)
+static int
+RegisterX11ScreenSaver(
+  Display *display,
+  int *pssEventType)
+{
+ /*
+  * Register with X11 screen saver server extension.
+  */
+  int result = -1;
+  int ssErrorBase;
+  int majorVersion;
+  int minorVersion;
+  int screen;
+  Window root;
+  XID xid;
+  XSetWindowAttributes attr;
+  Atom type;
+
+  if (XScreenSaverQueryExtension(display, pssEventType, &ssErrorBase) &&
+      XScreenSaverQueryVersion(display, &majorVersion, &minorVersion) &&
+      majorVersion == 1)
+  {
+   /*
+    * Server supports requested version of X11 screen saver extension.
+    */
+    screen = DefaultScreen(display);
+    root = DefaultRootWindow(display);
+   
+    XGrabServer(display);
+    if (!XScreenSaverGetRegistered(display, screen, &xid, &type))
+    {
+     /* 
+      * No other clients registered with this server so register this one.
+      */
+      XScreenSaverRegister(display, screen, XtWindow(smGD.topLevelWid), XA_WINDOW);
+      result = 0;
+    }
+    XUngrabServer(display);
+
+    if (result == 0)
+    {
+     /* 
+      * Registration successful.
+      */
+      XScreenSaverSelectInput(display, root, 
+                              ScreenSaverNotifyMask|ScreenSaverCycleMask);
+      XScreenSaverSetAttributes(display, root, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, CopyFromParent,
+                          CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, CWBackPixel, &attr);
+    }
+  }
+  return(result);   
+}
+#endif /* USE_X11SSEXT */
+

cde/programs/dtsession/SmMigResources.c

@@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmMigResources.c /main/4 1996/05/08 20:11:34 drk $ */
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)48  1.2  src/cde/cde1/dtsession/SmMigResources.c, desktop, cde41J, 9520A_all 5/16/95 08:31:12";
+/*
+ *   COMPONENT_NAME: desktop
+ *
+ *   FUNCTIONS: MigrateResources
+ *
+ *   ORIGINS: 27
+ *
+ *   IBM CONFIDENTIAL -- (IBM Confidential Restricted when
+ *   combined with the aggregated modules for this product)
+ *   OBJECT CODE ONLY SOURCE MATERIALS
+ *
+ *   (C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 1995
+ *   All Rights Reserved
+ *   US Government Users Restricted Rights - Use, duplication or
+ *   disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <Dt/DtNlUtils.h>
+
+/* defines for return codes */
+#define RC_SUCCESS                         0
+#define RC_OPEN_ERROR                      1
+#define RC_END_OF_FILE                     2
+#define RC_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR         3
+#define RC_LINE_CONTINUED                  4
+#define RC_PARTIAL_LINE                    5
+#define RC_WRITE_ERROR_TEMP                6
+
+/* type 1 resources are of the form:
+     [*.]convert1[i]
+
+   Example of a resource specification of this type:
+     *foreground:                        Blue
+*/
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT1 15
+static   char *convert1[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT1]
+= {
+       "displayResolution",
+       "systemFont",
+       "userFont",
+       "FontList",
+       "Font",
+       "FontSet",
+       "multiClickTime",
+       "sessionVersion",
+       "background",
+       "foreground",
+       "ColorUse",
+       "HelpColorUse",
+       "background",
+       "foreground",
+       "enableBtn1Transfer"
+       }
+       ;
+
+
+/* type 2 resources are of the form:
+     CONVERT2_0{* or .}CONVERT2_1{* or .}convert2[i]
+
+   Example of a resource specification of this type:
+     dtsession*extension*cycleTimeout:   10
+*/
+#define CONVERT2_0 "dtsession"
+#define CONVERT2_1 "extension"
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT2 5
+static   char *convert2[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT2]
+= {
+       "cycleTimeout",
+       "lockTimeout",
+       "saverTimeout",
+       "random",
+       "saverList",
+       }
+       ;
+
+
+/* type 3 resources are of the form:
+     convert31[i]{* or .}convert32[i]
+
+   Example of a resource specification of this type:
+     Dtwm*useIconBox:                    True
+*/
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT3 26
+static   char *convert31[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT3]
+= {
+       "dtsession",
+       "dtsession",
+       "dtsession",
+       "dtsession",
+       "dtsession",
+       "dtsession",
+       "Dtstyle",
+       "Dtstyle",
+       "Dtwm",
+       "Dtwm",
+       "Dtwm",
+       "Dtwm",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "wsHelp",
+       "cachedHelp"
+       }
+       ;
+static   char *convert32[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT3]
+= {
+       "displayResolution"  ,
+       "sessionLanguage"    ,
+       "saverTimeout"       ,
+       "cycleTimeout"       ,
+       "lockTimeout"        ,
+       "saverList"          ,
+       "lockoutScale"       ,
+       "timeoutScale"       ,
+       "keyboardFocusPolicy",
+       "focusAutoRaise"     ,
+       "moveOpaque"         ,
+       "useIconBox"         ,
+       "onScreen"           ,
+       "x"                  ,
+       "y"                  ,
+       "columns"            ,
+       "rows"               ,
+       "helpType"           ,
+       "vPCount"            ,
+       "tTitle"             ,
+       "helpVolume"         ,
+       "locationId"         ,
+       "stringData"         ,
+       "windowGroup"        ,
+       "wsName"             ,
+       "cachedCount"
+       }
+       ;
+
+/* type 4 resources are of the form:
+     {* or .}convert4[i]{* or .}CONVERT4_2
+
+   Example of a resource specification of this type:
+       *XmText*FontList:                   Big
+*/
+#define CONVERT4_2 "FontList"
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT4 2
+static   char *convert4[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT4]
+= {
+       "XmText",
+       "XmTextField"
+       }
+       ;
+
+
+/* type 5 resources are of the form:
+     convert5[i]{* or .}<any value>{* or .}CONVERT5_2
+
+   Example of a resource specification of this type:
+       Dtwm*0*helpResources:             xxx
+*/
+#define CONVERT5_2 "helpResources"
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT5 2
+/* these are of the form p1*#*helpResources */
+static   char *convert5[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT5]
+= {
+       "Dtwm",
+       "Mwm"
+       }
+       ;
+
+
+/* type 6 resources are of the form:
+     CONVERT6_0<any value>{* or .}convert6[i]
+
+   Example of a resource specification of this type:
+       oWsHelp10*x:                       xxx
+*/
+#define CONVERT6_0 "oWsHelp"
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT6 11
+static   char *convert6[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT6]
+= {
+      "x",
+      "y",
+      "columns",
+      "rows",
+      "helpType",
+      "vPCount",
+      "tTitle",
+      "helpVolume",
+      "locationId",
+      "stringData",
+      "workspaces"
+       }
+       ;
+
+/* type 7 resources are of the form:
+     CONVERT7_01{* or .}<any value>{* or .}convert7[i]
+                     - or -
+     CONVERT7_02{* or .}<any value>{* or .}convert7[i]
+
+   Examples of resource specifications of this type:
+     Dtwm*0*initialWorkspace:           xxx
+     Mwm*0*initialWorkspace:            xxx
+*/
+#define CONVERT7_01 "Mwm"
+#define CONVERT7_02 "Dtwm"
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT7   3
+/* these are of the form Mwm|Dtwm*XXX*resource */
+static   char *convert7[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT7]
+= {
+      "initialWorkspace",
+      "workspaceList",
+      "workspaceCount"
+       }
+       ;
+
+/* type 8 resources are of the form:
+     CONVERT8_01{* or .}<any value>{* or .}<any value>{* or .}convert8[i]
+                     - or -
+     CONVERT8_02{* or .}<any value>{* or .}<any value>{* or .}convert8[i]
+
+   Examples of resource specifications of this type:
+     Mwm*0*ws01*title:                  xxx
+     Dtwm*1ws02*title:                  xxx
+*/
+#define CONVERT8_01 "Mwm"
+#define CONVERT8_02 "Dtwm"
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT8  3
+static   char *convert8[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT8]
+= {
+      "title",
+      "geometry",
+      "iconBoxGeometry"
+       }
+       ;
+
+/* type 9 resources are of the form:
+     CONVERT9_01{* or .}<any value>{* or .}<any value>{* or .}convert91[i] \
+             {* or .}convert92[i]
+             - or -
+     CONVERT9_02{* or .}<any value>{* or .}<any value>{* or .}convert91[i]  \
+             {* or .}convert92[i]
+
+   Example of resource specification of this type:
+      Dtwm*0*ws01*backdrop*image:        Drops
+*/
+#define CONVERT9_01 "Mwm"
+#define CONVERT9_02 "Dtwm"
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT9  3
+static   char *convert91[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT9]
+= {
+      "backdrop",
+      "FrontPanel",
+      "MyFrontPanel"
+      }
+       ;
+
+static   char *convert92[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT9]
+= {
+      "image" ,
+      "geometry",
+      "geometry"
+      }
+       ;
+
+
+
+/* type 10 resources are of the form:
+     *<any value>{* or .}convert10[i]
+
+   Example of a resource specification of this type:
+       *0*ColorPalette:        Default.dp
+*/
+#define  NUMBER_OF_CONVERT10 3
+static   char *convert10[NUMBER_OF_CONVERT10]
+= {
+       "MonochromePalette",
+       "ColorUse",
+       "ColorPalette"
+       }
+       ;
+
+
+/* define the maximum fields in a resource specification
+   (which does not include the value of the resource) that
+   is required by this routine
+*/
+#define NUMBER_OF_FIELDS 6
+static   char * field[NUMBER_OF_FIELDS];
+
+/* this function determines whether a field extracted from the resource
+   matches a string in the specified array.
+   Returns:
+      TRUE   = if strings match
+      FALSE  = if string do not match.
+*/
+int check_match1(char * match[], int noelements, int match1)
+{
+   int i;
+   int matched = FALSE;
+   for (i=0;((matched == FALSE) &&
+             (i<noelements));i++)
+   {
+      if (strcmp(field[match1],match[i]) == 0)
+      {
+         matched =TRUE;
+      }
+   }
+   return(matched);
+}
+/* this function determines whether a fields extracted from the resource
+   match strings in the specified arrays.
+   Returns:
+      TRUE   = if strings match
+      FALSE  = if string do not match.
+*/
+int check_match2(char * match1_str[], char * match2_str[],
+                 int noelements, int match1, int match2)
+{
+   int i;
+   int matched = FALSE;
+   for (i=0;((matched == FALSE) &&
+             (i<noelements));i++)
+   {
+
+      if ((strcmp(field[match1],match1_str[i]) == 0) &&
+          (strcmp(field[match2],match2_str[i]) == 0))
+      {
+         matched =TRUE;
+      }
+   }
+   return(matched);
+}
+
+/* this function reads all resources from the input file.
+   If the resource matches those written from within desktop on 4.1.1 and
+   4.1.2, the resource is written to the output file.
+   Otherwise, the resource is not written to the output file.
+
+   Return codes:
+     RC_SUCCESS
+     RC_OPEN_ERROR
+     RC_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR
+     RC_WRITE_ERROR_TEMP
+
+*/
+MigrateResources(char * inputfile, char * outputfile)
+{
+
+   int                           size_of_buffer = 1024;
+   int                           size_of_mbuffer = 1024;
+   int                           rc = RC_SUCCESS;
+   FILE *                        out_fh;
+   FILE *                        in_fh;
+   int                           write_line;
+   int                           chars_written;
+   int                           type_found = FALSE;
+   char *                        string;
+   char *                        realend;
+   int                           done=0;
+   int                           new_size = 0;
+   int                           number_fields = 0;
+   char *                        inputbuffer=NULL;
+   char *                        inputbuffer1=NULL;
+   char *                        unmodified_buffer=NULL;
+   char *                        resource_end;
+   char *                        first_space;
+   char *                        tmp1;
+   int                           i;
+   int                           charlen;
+
+   /* Initialize for multi-byte */
+   DtNlInitialize();
+   done = RC_SUCCESS;
+   /* open input and output files and exit if not successful */
+   in_fh = fopen(inputfile,"r");
+   out_fh = fopen(outputfile,"w");
+   if ((out_fh != NULL) && (in_fh != NULL))
+   {
+
+      /* allocate buffers for reading lines from the input file */
+      inputbuffer = malloc ((size_of_buffer + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+      inputbuffer1 = malloc ((size_of_buffer + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+      unmodified_buffer = malloc ((size_of_mbuffer + 1)
+                                    * sizeof(char *));
+      if ((inputbuffer != NULL) &&
+          (inputbuffer1 != NULL) &&
+          (unmodified_buffer != NULL))
+      {
+          do
+          {
+
+             *inputbuffer = '\0';
+             *inputbuffer1 = '\0';
+             *unmodified_buffer = '\0';
+             /* read and process each line from the input file */
+             do
+
+             {
+                 /* read until an line has been read */
+                 rc = RC_SUCCESS;
+                 string = fgets((char *)inputbuffer1, size_of_buffer, in_fh);
+
+                 /* if read was successful, then ...*/
+                 if (string != NULL)
+                 {
+                      /* determine if a larger unmodified buffer
+                         needs to be allocated
+                      */
+                      new_size = strlen(unmodified_buffer) +
+                                 strlen(inputbuffer1) + 2;
+
+                      if (new_size > size_of_mbuffer)
+                      {
+                          unmodified_buffer = realloc(unmodified_buffer,
+                                                      new_size);
+                          size_of_mbuffer = new_size;
+                      }
+
+                      /* save unmodified data read */
+                      strcat(unmodified_buffer,inputbuffer1);
+
+                      /* set indicator if entire line was not read */
+                      DtLastChar(inputbuffer1,&realend,&charlen);
+                      if ((charlen == 1) && (*realend != '\n'))
+                      {
+                          rc = RC_PARTIAL_LINE;
+                      }
+                      else
+                      {
+                          /* if entire line was read but it ends
+                             with a continuation character
+                             then, remove the ending continuation character or
+                             spaces preceeded by an ending
+                             continuation character.
+                          */
+                          realend=DtPrevChar(inputbuffer1,realend);
+                          for (;((DtIsspace(realend) != 0) &&
+                                 (realend > inputbuffer1));)
+                          {
+                              realend=DtPrevChar(inputbuffer1,realend);
+                          }
+                          if ((mblen(realend,MB_CUR_MAX) == 1) &&
+                              (*realend == '\\'))
+                          {
+                              *realend = '\0';
+                              rc = RC_LINE_CONTINUED;
+                          }
+                      }
+
+                      /* allocate larger input buffer if necessary */
+                      new_size = strlen(inputbuffer) +
+                                 strlen(inputbuffer1) + 2;
+
+                      if (new_size > size_of_buffer)
+                      {
+                          inputbuffer = realloc(inputbuffer,new_size);
+                          size_of_buffer = new_size;
+                      }
+
+                      /* concatenate modified buffer to previously
+                         read buffer
+                      */
+                      strcat(inputbuffer,inputbuffer1);
+                 }
+                 else
+                 {
+                      rc = RC_END_OF_FILE;
+                 }
+             } while ((rc == RC_LINE_CONTINUED) || (rc == RC_PARTIAL_LINE));
+
+             /* if read was successful, then determine if the resources
+                read are part of the set that need to be retained.
+             */
+             type_found = FALSE;
+             number_fields = 0;
+             type_found=FALSE;
+             if (rc == RC_SUCCESS)
+             {
+                 /* process non-comment lines */
+                 if (strncmp(inputbuffer,"!",1) != 0)
+                 {
+                     /* determine the non-value portion of the
+                        resource specification (i.e. the
+                        part to the left of the ":" and to the
+                        left of the first space).
+                     */
+                     resource_end = DtStrchr(inputbuffer,':');
+                     first_space = DtStrchr(inputbuffer,' ');
+                     if (resource_end != NULL)
+                     {
+                         if ((first_space != NULL) &&
+                             (first_space < resource_end))
+
+                         {
+                             resource_end = NULL;
+                         }
+                     }
+                     if (resource_end != NULL)
+                     {
+                         *resource_end = '\0';
+                         /* determine the start of each field
+                            in the non-value part of the resource.
+                            It is assumed that the individual fields
+                            are delimited by a "*" or ".".
+                         */
+                         field[0]=inputbuffer;
+                         for (i=1;((i<NUMBER_OF_FIELDS) &&
+                                   (field[i-1] != NULL));
+                              i++)
+                         {
+                            /* determine the location of the next
+                               delimiter - "* or "."
+                               Set field pointer to first one found.
+                            */
+                            field[i]=DtStrchr(field[i-1],'*');
+                            tmp1=DtStrchr(field[i-1],'.');
+                            if (((tmp1 != NULL) && (tmp1 < resource_end) &&
+                                 (tmp1 < field[i])) ||
+                                (field[i] == NULL))
+                            {
+                                field[i]=tmp1;
+                            }
+                            if (field[i] != NULL)
+                            {
+                                /* terminate the previous field */
+                                *field[i] = '\0';
+                                /* move pointer to start of field */
+                                field[i]++;
+                            }
+                            if (field[i] >= resource_end)
+                            {
+                                field[i]=NULL;
+                            }
+                         }
+                         number_fields = i-1;
+                         /* check for each type of resource
+                            that should be retained in the output file.
+                            See comments preceeding the definition
+                            of each array near the start of this file
+                            for a description and example of each type.
+                         */
+                         if ((strlen(field[0]) == 0) &&
+                             (number_fields == 2) &&
+                             (check_match1(convert1,
+                                           NUMBER_OF_CONVERT1,1) == TRUE))
+
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 3) &&
+                             (strcmp(field[0],CONVERT2_0) == 0) &&
+                             (strcmp(field[1],CONVERT2_1) == 0) &&
+                             (check_match1(convert2, NUMBER_OF_CONVERT2,2)
+                                           == TRUE))
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 2) &&
+                             (check_match2(convert31,convert32,
+                                 NUMBER_OF_CONVERT3,0,1) == TRUE))
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 3) &&
+                             (strcmp(field[2],CONVERT4_2) == 0) &&
+                             (check_match1(convert4,
+                                           NUMBER_OF_CONVERT4,1) == TRUE))
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 3) &&
+                             (strcmp(field[2],CONVERT5_2) == 0) &&
+                             (check_match1(convert5,
+                                           NUMBER_OF_CONVERT5,0) == TRUE))
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 2) &&
+                             (strlen(field[0]) > strlen(CONVERT6_0)) &&
+                             (strncmp(field[0], CONVERT6_0,
+                                      strlen(CONVERT6_0)) == 0) &&
+                             (check_match1(convert6,
+                                           NUMBER_OF_CONVERT6,1) == TRUE))
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 3) &&
+                             ((strcmp(field[0],CONVERT7_01) == 0) ||
+                              (strcmp(field[0],CONVERT7_02) == 0)) &&
+                              (check_match1(convert7,
+                                 NUMBER_OF_CONVERT7,2) == TRUE))
+                         {
+
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 4) &&
+                             ((strcmp(field[0],CONVERT8_01) == 0) ||
+                              (strcmp(field[0],CONVERT8_02) == 0)) &&
+                             (check_match1(convert8,
+                                           NUMBER_OF_CONVERT8,3) == TRUE))
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 5) &&
+                             ((strcmp(field[0],CONVERT9_01) == 0) ||
+                              (strcmp(field[0],CONVERT9_02) == 0)) &&
+                             (check_match2(convert91,convert92,
+                                           NUMBER_OF_CONVERT9,3,4) == TRUE))
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                         if ((type_found == FALSE) &&
+                             (number_fields == 3) &&
+                             (check_match1(convert10,
+                                           NUMBER_OF_CONVERT10,2) == TRUE))
+                         {
+                             type_found=TRUE;
+                         }
+                     }
+                 }
+
+                 /* if resource should be retained then
+                    write resource to output file.
+                 */
+                 if (type_found == TRUE)
+                 {
+                     chars_written = fputs(unmodified_buffer,out_fh);
+                     if (chars_written != strlen(unmodified_buffer))
+                     {
+                         if (rc == RC_SUCCESS)
+                         {
+                             rc = RC_WRITE_ERROR_TEMP;
+                         }
+                     }
+                 }
+             }
+
+          } while (rc == RC_SUCCESS);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+          rc = RC_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR;
+      }
+      if (rc == RC_END_OF_FILE)
+      {
+          rc = RC_SUCCESS;
+      }
+
+      /* free all allocated buffers */
+      if (inputbuffer != NULL)
+      {
+          free(inputbuffer);
+      }
+      if (inputbuffer1 != NULL)
+      {
+          free(inputbuffer1);
+      }
+      if (unmodified_buffer != NULL)
+      {
+          free(unmodified_buffer);
+      }
+   }
+   else
+   {
+       rc = RC_OPEN_ERROR;
+   }
+   if (in_fh != NULL)
+   {
+       fclose(in_fh);
+   }
+   if (out_fh != NULL)
+   {
+       fclose(out_fh);
+   }
+   return(rc);
+}
+

cde/programs/dtsession/SmMigResources.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmMigResources.h /main/4 1996/05/08 20:11:49 drk $ */
+/* @(#)49       1.1  src/cde/cde1/dtsession/SmMigResources.h, desktop, cde41J, 9517B_all 4/25/95 14:06:42 */
+/*
+ *   COMPONENT_NAME: desktop
+ *
+ *   FUNCTIONS: header file for SmMigResources
+ *
+ *   ORIGINS: 27
+ *
+ *   IBM CONFIDENTIAL -- (IBM Confidential Restricted when
+ *   combined with the aggregated modules for this product)
+ *   OBJECT CODE ONLY SOURCE MATERIALS
+ *
+ *   (C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 1995
+ *   All Rights Reserved
+ *   US Government Users Restricted Rights - Use, duplication or
+ *   disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
+ */
+extern int MigrateResources(char *, char *);

cde/programs/dtsession/SmProp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi.
+ *
+ * $XConsortium: SmProp.c /main/4 1996/10/07 10:29:51 drk $
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/SM/SMlib.h>
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations
+ */
+static SmPropValue * CopyPropValues (
+	int			numPropValues,
+	SmPropValue		* thePropValues);
+
+
+void
+SetPropertiesProc (
+	SmsConn         	smsConn,
+	SmPointer       	managerData,
+	int             	numProps,
+	SmProp          	**theProps)
+{
+	ClientRecPtr   		pClient = (ClientRecPtr) managerData;
+	PropertyRecPtr   	pProp;
+	int 			i, j;
+	Boolean			found;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	(void) printf ("Received SET PROPERTIES [%p]\n", smsConn);
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+	if (numProps == 0)
+		return;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < numProps; i++) {
+
+		found = False;
+
+		if (theProps[i]->num_vals == 0)
+			continue;
+
+		for (pProp = pClient->props; 
+		     pProp != NULL; 
+		     pProp = pProp->next) {
+			
+			if (!strcmp (theProps[i]->name, pProp->prop.name) &&
+			    !strcmp (theProps[i]->type, pProp->prop.type)) {
+				/* 
+				 * Reuse this property but replace its
+				 * property values
+				 */
+
+				for (j = 0; j < pProp->prop.num_vals; j++) {
+					XtFree (pProp->prop.vals[j].value);
+				}
+
+				if (pProp->prop.num_vals > 0)
+					XtFree ((char *) pProp->prop.vals);
+
+				pProp->prop.vals = CopyPropValues (
+					theProps[i]->num_vals, 
+					theProps[i]->vals);
+
+				pProp->prop.num_vals = theProps[i]->num_vals;
+
+				found = True;
+				break;
+			}	
+		}
+
+		if (!found) {
+
+			/*
+			 * Put it at the end of the list (or the beginning
+			 * if this client has no properties)
+			 */
+			PropertyRecPtr		trail = pClient->props;
+			for (pProp = pClient->props; 
+			     pProp != NULL; 
+			     trail = pProp, pProp = pProp->next);
+
+
+			pProp = (PropertyRecPtr)XtMalloc (sizeof (PropertyRec));
+			if (!pProp)
+				return;
+
+			if (trail)
+				trail->next = pProp;
+			else
+				pClient->props = pProp;
+
+			pProp->prop.name = XtNewString (theProps[i]->name);
+			pProp->prop.type = XtNewString (theProps[i]->type);
+			pProp->prop.num_vals = theProps[i]->num_vals;
+			pProp->next = NULL;
+
+			pProp->prop.vals = CopyPropValues (
+				theProps[i]->num_vals, theProps[i]->vals);
+		}
+
+		SmFreeProperty (theProps[i]);
+	}
+
+	if (theProps)
+		free ((char *) theProps);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	for (i = 0, pProp = pClient->props; 
+	     pProp != NULL; 
+	     i++, pProp = pProp->next) {
+		(void) printf ("\t[%2d] name = %s\n", i + 1, 
+			pProp->prop.name);
+		(void) printf ("\t[%2d] type = %s\n", i + 1, 
+			pProp->prop.type);
+		(void) printf ("\t[%2d] num props = %d\n", i + 1, 
+			pProp->prop.num_vals);
+		for (j = 0; j < pProp->prop.num_vals; j++) {
+			(void) printf ("\t\t [%2d] (%3d bytes) = %s\n", j + 1,
+				pProp->prop.vals[j].length,
+				pProp->prop.vals[j].value);
+		}
+	}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+}
+
+
+void 
+DeletePropertiesProc (
+	SmsConn         	smsConn,
+	SmPointer       	managerData,
+	int             	numProps,
+	char            	**propNames)
+{
+	ClientRecPtr   		pClient = (ClientRecPtr) managerData;
+	int			i;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	(void) printf ("Received DELETE PROPERTIES [%p] - %d properties\n", 
+			smsConn, numProps);
+	for (i = 0; i < numProps; i++)
+		(void) printf ("\t%s\n", propNames[i]);
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+	if (numProps == 0)
+		return;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < numProps; i++) {
+
+		PropertyRecPtr   	pProp;
+		PropertyRecPtr   	tmp;
+		PropertyRecPtr   	trail;
+
+		for (pProp = pClient->props, trail = pClient->props ; 
+		     pProp != NULL;
+		     trail = pProp, pProp = pProp->next) {
+
+			if (!strcmp (pProp->prop.name, propNames[i])) {
+
+				int		j;
+
+				XtFree (pProp->prop.name);
+				XtFree (pProp->prop.type);
+
+				for (j = 0; j < pProp->prop.num_vals; j++) {
+					XtFree (pProp->prop.vals[j].value);
+				}
+
+				if (pProp->prop.num_vals > 0)
+					XtFree ((char *) pProp->prop.vals);
+				/*
+			 	 * Remove the record from the list and then
+			 	 * free the record
+			 	 */
+				trail->next = pProp->next;
+				XtFree ((char *) pProp);
+				pProp = trail;
+			}
+		}
+		
+		free (propNames[i]);
+	}
+
+	free ((char *) propNames);
+}
+
+
+void
+GetPropertiesProc (
+	SmsConn         	smsConn,
+	SmPointer       	managerData)
+{
+	ClientRecPtr   		pClient = (ClientRecPtr) managerData;
+	PropertyRecPtr   	pProp;
+	PropertyRecPtr   	trail;
+	int			numProps;
+	int			i, j;
+	SmProp			**pPropsRet;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	(void) printf ("Received GET PROPERTIES [%p]\n", smsConn);
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+	if (!pClient->props) {
+		SmsReturnProperties (smsConn, 0, NULL);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	for (pProp = pClient->props, numProps = 0; 
+	     pProp != NULL;
+	     pProp = pProp->next, numProps++);
+
+	pPropsRet = (SmProp **) XtMalloc (numProps * sizeof (SmProp *));
+
+	if (!pPropsRet) {
+		SmsReturnProperties (smsConn, 0, NULL);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This function must return an array of pointers to SmProp
+	 * structures and since the properties are actually stored
+	 * in a linked list, a transformation is required.
+	 */
+	for (i=0, pProp = pClient->props; 
+	     pProp != NULL; 
+	     i++, pProp = pProp->next) {
+
+		pPropsRet[i] = (SmProp *) XtMalloc (sizeof (SmProp));
+		if (!pPropsRet[i]) {
+			SmsReturnProperties (smsConn, 0, NULL);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		pPropsRet[i]->name = XtNewString (pProp->prop.name);
+		pPropsRet[i]->type = XtNewString (pProp->prop.type);
+		pPropsRet[i]->num_vals = pProp->prop.num_vals;
+		pPropsRet[i]->vals = (SmPropValue *) XtMalloc (
+			pProp->prop.num_vals * sizeof (SmPropValue));
+
+		if (!pPropsRet[i]->vals) {
+			SmsReturnProperties (smsConn, 0, NULL);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		for (j = 0; j < pProp->prop.num_vals; j++) {
+
+			pPropsRet[i]->vals[j].length = 
+				pProp->prop.vals[j].length;
+			pPropsRet[i]->vals[j].value = (SmPointer)
+				XtMalloc (pProp->prop.vals[j].length);
+
+			if (!pPropsRet[i]->vals[j].value) {
+				SmsReturnProperties (smsConn, 0, NULL);
+				return;
+			}
+
+			memcpy (pPropsRet[i]->vals[j].value,
+				pProp->prop.vals[j].value,
+				pProp->prop.vals[j].length);
+		}
+	}
+
+	SmsReturnProperties (smsConn, numProps, pPropsRet);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	for (i = 0; i < numProps; i++) {
+		(void) printf ("\t[%2d] name = %s\n", i + 1, 
+			pPropsRet[i]->name);
+		(void) printf ("\t[%2d] type = %s\n", i + 1, 
+			pPropsRet[i]->type);
+		(void) printf ("\t[%2d] num props = %d\n", i + 1, 
+			pPropsRet[i]->num_vals);
+		for (j = 0; j < pPropsRet[i]->num_vals; j++) {
+			(void) printf ("\t\t [%2d] (%3d bytes) = %s\n", j + 1,
+				pPropsRet[i]->vals[j].length,
+				pPropsRet[i]->vals[j].value);
+		}
+	}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+	for (i = 0; i < numProps; i++)
+		SmFreeProperty (pPropsRet[i]);
+
+	XtFree ((char *) pPropsRet);
+}
+
+
+static SmPropValue *
+CopyPropValues (
+	int			numPropValues,
+	SmPropValue		* thePropValues)
+{
+	SmPropValue		* pPropValueRet;
+	int			i;
+
+	pPropValueRet = (SmPropValue *) XtMalloc (numPropValues *
+		  sizeof (SmPropValue));
+
+	if (!pPropValueRet)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < numPropValues; i++) {
+
+		pPropValueRet[i].length = thePropValues[i].length;
+		pPropValueRet[i].value = (SmPointer) 
+			XtMalloc(thePropValues[i].length + 1);
+
+		if (!pPropValueRet[i].value)
+			return (NULL);
+
+		memcpy (pPropValueRet[i].value,
+			thePropValues[i].value,
+			thePropValues[i].length);
+
+		((char *) pPropValueRet[i].value)[pPropValueRet[i].length]='\0';
+	}
+
+	return (pPropValueRet);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns a ptr to the property record list for the given
+ * property.
+ */
+PropertyRecPtr
+GetPropertyRec (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName)
+{
+	PropertyRecPtr		pPropRec;
+
+	for (pPropRec = pClientRec->props; pPropRec; 
+			pPropRec = pPropRec->next) {
+
+		if (!strcmp (propName, pPropRec->prop.name))
+			return (pPropRec);
+
+	}
+
+	return (pPropRec);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * If the given property exists, it returns a ptr to the first
+ * value of the property if the type of the property is SmARRAY8
+ * (char *).
+ */
+char *
+GetArrayPropertyValue (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName)
+{
+	PropertyRecPtr		pPropRec;
+
+	if ((pPropRec = GetPropertyRec (pClientRec, propName)) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	if ((!strcmp (pPropRec->prop.type, SmARRAY8)) &&
+	    (pPropRec->prop.num_vals >= 1))
+		return (pPropRec->prop.vals[0].value);
+
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  GetListOfArrayPropertyValue -
+ *
+ *  Description: If the specified property exits and its type is
+ * 	a LISTofARRAY8, then a NULL-terminated array of pointers
+ *	to the values is returned.
+ *
+ *  Returns: NULL-terminated array of values or NULL
+ *
+ *  Comments: caller is responsible for using XtFree to free the returned
+ *	pointer if it is not NULL
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+char **
+GetListOfArrayPropertyValue (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName)
+{
+	PropertyRecPtr		pPropRec;
+	char			** ppchar;
+	int			i;
+
+	if ((pPropRec = GetPropertyRec (pClientRec, propName)) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	if ((strcmp (pPropRec->prop.type, SmLISTofARRAY8)) ||
+	    		(pPropRec->prop.num_vals <= 0))
+		return (NULL);
+
+	ppchar = (char **) XtMalloc ((pPropRec->prop.num_vals + 1) *
+				   sizeof (char *));
+	if (!ppchar)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < pPropRec->prop.num_vals; i++)
+		ppchar[i] = pPropRec->prop.vals[i].value;
+
+	ppchar[pPropRec->prop.num_vals] = NULL;
+
+	return (ppchar);
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  GetCardPropertyValue -
+ *
+ *  Description: If the specified property exits and its type is
+ * 	a CARD8, then return its value.
+ *
+ *  Returns: True if the property is found; False otherwise
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+Boolean
+GetCardPropertyValue (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName,
+	int			* propValue)		/* MODIFIED */
+{
+	PropertyRecPtr		pPropRec;
+
+	if ((pPropRec = GetPropertyRec (pClientRec, propName)) == NULL)
+		return (False);
+
+	if ((!strcmp (pPropRec->prop.type, SmCARD8)) &&
+	    (pPropRec->prop.num_vals >= 1)) {
+		int	hint =  (int) *((char *) (pPropRec->prop.vals[0].value));
+		*propValue = hint;
+		return (True);
+	}
+
+	return (False);
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmProp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi.
+ *
+ * $XConsortium: SmProp.h /main/2 1996/02/02 15:14:26 barstow $
+ */
+/******************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _smprop_h
+#define _smprop_h
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+
+extern void SetPropertiesProc (
+	SmsConn         	smsConn,
+	SmPointer       	managerData,
+	int             	numProps,
+	SmProp          	**props);
+
+extern void DeletePropertiesProc (
+	SmsConn         	smsConn,
+	SmPointer       	managerData,
+	int             	numProps,
+	char            	**propNames);
+
+extern void GetPropertiesProc (
+	SmsConn         	smsConn,
+	SmPointer       	managerData);
+
+extern PropertyRecPtr GetPropertyRec (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName);
+
+extern char * GetArrayPropertyValue (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName);
+
+extern char ** GetListOfArrayPropertyValue (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName);
+
+extern Boolean GetCardPropertyValue (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName,
+	int			* propValue);		/* MODIFIED */
+
+#endif /* _smprop_h */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmProperty.c

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmProperty.c /main/7 1996/02/08 11:27:32 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmProperty.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains routines that deal with the properties used by the
+ **  session manager to save and restore client information.
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.		     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmProtocol.h"
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  GetStandardProperties -
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description: returns information about the specified window
+ *  -----------
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  window = window for which we are getting properties
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  argv = data returned from WM_COMMAND property (to restart client)
+ *  argc = number of arguments returned from WM_COMMAND property
+ *  clientMachine = which machine is client running on
+ *  xsmpClient = True if the client is XSMP and False otherwise
+ *  screen = window's screen number
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *  All X (except GetWMHints) were not available until R4 and therefore have
+ *  R4 or greater dependencies.
+ *
+ *  BEWARE OF THESE ROUTINES:  The XGetWindowProperty routine returns 0 if
+ *  it succeeds.  These routines (which were derived from XGetWindowProperty
+ *  return 0 if they FAIL.
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+Status GetStandardProperties(
+        Window 			window,
+	int			screen,
+        int 			*argc,			/* RETURNED */
+        char 			***argv,		/* RETURNED */
+        char 			**clientMachine,	/* RETURNED */
+	Boolean 		*xsmpClient)		/* RETURNED */
+{
+  int 				cc;
+  long				suppliedRet;
+  XTextProperty			sessProp;
+  Atom				actType;
+  int				actFormat;
+  unsigned long			bytesAfter;
+  unsigned long 		nitems;
+  unsigned char 		*data = NULL;
+
+  /*
+   * If this client is participating in the XSMP, then don't save
+   * it as a proxy (pre-XSMP) client.  However, do cache its
+   * screen number before returning.
+   */
+  if (XGetWindowProperty(smGD.display, window, XaSmClientId, 0L,
+			 (long) BUFSIZ, False, XA_STRING, &actType,
+			 &actFormat, &nitems, &bytesAfter, &data) == Success) 
+  {
+      if (data && actType == XA_STRING)
+      {
+	  ClientRecPtr		pClient;
+
+	  for (pClient = connectedList; pClient != NULL; 
+	       pClient = pClient->next) {
+	       if (!strcmp ((char *) data, pClient->clientId)) {
+		   pClient->screenNum = screen;
+		   break;
+	       }
+	  }
+          *xsmpClient = True;
+          SM_FREE ((char *) data);
+  	  return (0);
+      }
+      SM_FREE ((char *) data);
+  }
+  *xsmpClient = False;
+
+  /*
+   * Get WM_COMMAND property
+   */
+  if ((cc=XGetCommand(smGD.display,window,argv,argc))==0)
+      return(cc);
+
+  /*
+   * If there is no argc or argv - don't bother going on.  We're not
+   * going to save anything anyway
+   */
+  if(*argc == 0)
+      return(0);
+
+
+  /*
+   * Get WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property
+   */
+  if ((cc=XGetWMClientMachine(smGD.display,window,&sessProp))==0)
+  {
+      *clientMachine = NULL;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+      *clientMachine =  (char *) sessProp.value;
+  }
+
+  return(1);
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmProperty.h

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi.
+ *
+ * $XConsortium: SmProperty.h /main/2 1996/02/08 11:28:28 barstow $
+ */
+
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmProperty.h
+ **
+ **  Project:     DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smproperty_h
+#define _smproperty_h
+
+Status GetStandardProperties(
+        Window 			window,
+	int			screen,
+        int 			*argc,			/* RETURNED */
+        char 			***argv,		/* RETURNED */
+        char 			**clientMachine,	/* RETURNED */
+	Boolean 		*xsmpClient);		/* RETURNED */
+
+#endif /*_smproperty_h */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmProtocol.c

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* $TOG: SmProtocol.c /main/8 1998/08/05 13:38:17 samborn $ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmProtocol.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains all modules that handle the initialization and
+ **  interning of all atoms used by the session manager.
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+/*                                                               
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1990, 1993, 1994, 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company        
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 International Business Machines Corp.       
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 Novell, Inc.                                
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <Dt/Wsm.h>
+#include <Dt/WsmP.h>
+#include <Dt/Connect.h>
+#include <Dt/SessionM.h>
+#include <Dt/SessionP.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmProtocol.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Global variable definitions
+ */
+Atom     XaWmProtocols;
+Atom     XaWmSaveYourself;
+Atom     XaWmState;
+Atom     XaWmDtHints;
+Atom     XaSmSaveMode;
+Atom     XaSmRestoreMode;
+Atom     XaSmRestoreDir;
+Atom     XaSmStartAckWindow;
+Atom     XaSmStopAckWindow;
+Atom     XaWmWindowAck;
+Atom     XaWmExitSession;
+Atom     XaWmLockDisplay;
+Atom     XaWmReady;
+Atom     XaSmWmProtocol;
+Atom	 XaVsmInfo;
+Atom     XaDtSmStmProtocol;
+Atom     XaDtSmSaveToHome;
+Atom     XaDtSmStateChange;
+Atom     XaDtSmRestoreDefault;
+Atom     XaDtSmLockChange;
+Atom	 XaDtSmStateInfo;
+Atom	 XaDtSmSaverInfo;
+Atom     XaDtSmScreenInfo;
+Atom     XaDtSmAudioInfo;
+Atom     XaDtSmKeyboardInfo;
+Atom     XaDtSmFontInfo;
+Atom     XaDtSmPointerInfo;
+Atom	 XaSmScreenSaveRet;
+Atom     XaDtSmPreeditInfo;
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  InitProtocol ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Handles interning of atoms used by the session manager.  All should
+ *  already exist because the session manager is a toolkit application.
+ *  Also handles setting of selection mechanism used by session manager to
+ *  distribute unique file names.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void 
+InitProtocol( void )
+{
+    enum { XA_WM_PROTOCOLS, XA_WM_SAVE_YOURSELF,
+	   XA_DT_SAVE_MODE, XA_WM_STATE,
+	   XA_DT_SM_STM_PROTOCOL, XA_DT_SM_SAVE_TO_HOME,
+	   XA_DT_SM_STATE_CHANGE, XA_DT_SM_RESTORE_DEFAULT,
+	   XA_DT_SM_LOCK_CHANGE, XA_DT_SM_SCREEN_INFO,
+	   XA_DT_SM_STATE_INFO, XA_DT_SM_SAVER_INFO,
+	   XA_DT_SM_AUDIO_INFO, XA_DT_SM_KEYBOARD_INFO,
+	   XA_DT_SM_FONT_INFO, XA_DT_SM_POINTER_INFO,
+	   XA_DT_SM_PREEDIT_INFO, NUM_ATOMS };
+    static char *atom_names[] = { _XA_WM_PROTOCOLS, _XA_WM_SAVE_YOURSELF,
+	   _XA_DT_SAVE_MODE, _XA_WM_STATE,
+	   _XA_DT_SM_STM_PROTOCOL, _XA_DT_SM_SAVE_TO_HOME,
+	   _XA_DT_SM_STATE_CHANGE, _XA_DT_SM_RESTORE_DEFAULT,
+	   _XA_DT_SM_LOCK_CHANGE, _XA_DT_SM_SCREEN_INFO,
+	   _XA_DT_SM_STATE_INFO, _XA_DT_SM_SAVER_INFO,
+	   _XA_DT_SM_AUDIO_INFO, _XA_DT_SM_KEYBOARD_INFO,
+	   _XA_DT_SM_FONT_INFO, _XA_DT_SM_POINTER_INFO,
+	   _XA_DT_SM_PREEDIT_INFO };
+
+    Atom atoms[XtNumber(atom_names)];
+
+    XInternAtoms(smGD.display, atom_names, XtNumber(atom_names), False, atoms);
+
+    XaWmProtocols = atoms[XA_WM_PROTOCOLS];
+    XaWmSaveYourself = atoms[XA_WM_SAVE_YOURSELF];
+    XaSmSaveMode = atoms[XA_DT_SAVE_MODE];
+    XaWmState = atoms[XA_WM_STATE];
+    XaDtSmStmProtocol = atoms[XA_DT_SM_STM_PROTOCOL];
+    XaDtSmSaveToHome = atoms[XA_DT_SM_SAVE_TO_HOME];
+    XaDtSmStateChange = atoms[XA_DT_SM_STATE_CHANGE];
+    XaDtSmRestoreDefault = atoms[XA_DT_SM_RESTORE_DEFAULT];
+    XaDtSmLockChange = atoms[XA_DT_SM_LOCK_CHANGE];
+    XaDtSmScreenInfo = atoms[XA_DT_SM_SCREEN_INFO];
+    XaDtSmStateInfo = atoms[XA_DT_SM_STATE_INFO];
+    XaDtSmSaverInfo = atoms[XA_DT_SM_SAVER_INFO];
+    XaDtSmAudioInfo = atoms[XA_DT_SM_AUDIO_INFO];
+    XaDtSmKeyboardInfo = atoms[XA_DT_SM_KEYBOARD_INFO];
+    XaDtSmFontInfo = atoms[XA_DT_SM_FONT_INFO];
+    XaDtSmPointerInfo = atoms[XA_DT_SM_POINTER_INFO];
+    XaDtSmPreeditInfo = atoms[XA_DT_SM_PREEDIT_INFO];
+}
+

cde/programs/dtsession/SmProtocol.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* $TOG: SmProtocol.h /main/7 1998/08/05 13:38:42 samborn $ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmProtocol.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Protocol Handling for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+/*                                                               
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1990, 1993, 1994, 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company        
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 International Business Machines Corp.       
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1996 Novell, Inc.                                
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _smprotocol_h
+#define _smprotocol_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Property types used by the session manager not defined elsewhere
+ */
+#define	_XA_WM_PROTOCOLS		"WM_PROTOCOLS"
+#define _XA_WM_STATE			"WM_STATE"
+#define _XA_WM_SAVE_YOURSELF		"WM_SAVE_YOURSELF"
+
+
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Atoms interned by the session manager in order to communicate with
+ * the other clients in the session
+ */
+extern Atom		XaWmProtocols;
+extern Atom		XaWmSaveYourself;
+extern Atom		XaWmState;
+extern Atom     	XaWmDtHints;
+extern Atom		XaSmSaveMode;
+extern Atom		XaSmRestoreMode;
+extern Atom		XaSmRestoreDir;
+extern Atom		XaSmStartAckWindow;
+extern Atom		XaSmStopAckWindow;
+extern Atom		XaWmWindowAck;
+extern Atom		XaWmExitSession;
+extern Atom		XaWmLockDisplay;
+extern Atom		XaWmReady;
+extern Atom		XaSmWmProtocol;
+extern Atom		XaVsmInfo;
+extern Atom    	 	XaDtSmStateInfo;
+extern Atom    	 	XaDtSmSaverInfo;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmStmProtocol;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmSaveToHome;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmStateChange;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmRestoreDefault;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmLockChange;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmScreenInfo;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmAudioInfo;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmKeyboardInfo;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmFontInfo;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmPointerInfo;
+extern Atom	 	XaSmScreenSaveRet;
+extern Atom     	XaDtSmPreeditInfo;
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+
+extern void InitProtocol(void);
+
+
+#endif /*_smprotocols_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmResource.h

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmResource.h /main/5 1996/01/22 20:06:16 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmResource.h
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  Contains all resource names and classes for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.                     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#ifndef _smresource_h 
+#define _smresource_h
+
+/*
+ * Default resource valuse
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_NUM_SESSIONS_BACKED_UP		2
+
+/*
+ * Global resource names
+ */
+extern char SmNsessionVersion[];
+
+/*
+ * Session Manager Resource Names
+ */
+extern char SmNwmStartup[];
+extern char SmNquerySettings[];
+extern char SmNkeys[];
+extern char SmNalarmTime[];
+extern char SmNmemThreshold[];
+extern char SmNcontManagement[];
+extern char SmNwaitClientTimeout[];
+extern char SmNwaitWmTimeout[];
+extern char SmNuseMessaging[];
+extern char SmNcycleTimeout[];
+extern char SmNlockTimeout[];
+extern char SmNsaverTimeout[];
+extern char SmNrandom[];
+extern char SmNsaverList[];
+extern char SmNsaveYourselfTimeout[];
+extern char SmNmergeXdefaults[];
+extern char SmNnumSessionsBackedup[];
+extern char SmNignoreEnvironment[];
+
+/* 
+ * Resource names for settings information 
+ */
+extern char SmNkeyClick[];
+extern char SmNbellPercent[];
+extern char SmNbellPitch[];
+extern char SmNbellDuration[];
+extern char SmNledMask[];
+extern char SmNglobalRepeats[];
+extern char SmNautoRepeats[];
+extern char SmNaccelNum[];
+extern char SmNaccelDenom[];
+extern char SmNthreshold[];
+extern char SmNtimeout[];
+extern char SmNinterval[];
+extern char SmNpreferBlank[];
+extern char SmNallowExp[];
+extern char SmNfontPath[];
+extern char SmNkeySymsPerKey[];
+extern char SmNnumKeyCode[];
+extern char SmNkeySyms[];
+extern char SmNmaxKeyPerMod[];
+extern char SmNmodMap[];
+extern char SmNbuttonMap[];
+extern char SmNhostState[];
+extern char SmNhostNames[];
+extern char SmNdidQuerySettings[];
+extern char SmNshutDownState[];
+extern char SmNshutDownMode[];
+extern char SmNdisplayResolution[];
+extern char SmNsessionLang[];
+extern char SmNsaveFontPath[];
+
+/*
+ * Global resource classes
+ */
+extern char SmCsessionVersion[];
+
+/*
+ * Session Manager Resource Classes
+ */
+extern char SmCwmStartup[];
+extern char SmCquerySettings[];
+extern char SmCkeys[];
+extern char SmCalarmTime[];
+extern char SmCmemThreshold[];
+extern char SmCContManagement[];
+extern char SmRContManagement[];
+extern char SmCWaitClientTimeout[];
+extern char SmCWaitWmTimeout[];
+extern char SmCUseMessaging[];
+extern char SmCcycleTimeout[];
+extern char SmClockTimeout[];
+extern char SmCsaverTimeout[];
+extern char SmCrandom[];
+extern char SmCsaverList[];
+extern char SmCsaveYourselfTimeout[];
+extern char SmCmergeXdefaults[];
+extern char SmCnumSessionsBackedup[];
+extern char SmCignoreEnvironment[];
+
+/*
+ * Class names for session settings information
+ */
+extern char SmCkeyClick[];
+extern char SmCbellPercent[];
+extern char SmCbellPitch[];
+extern char SmCbellDuration[];
+extern char SmCledMask[];
+extern char SmCglobalRepeats[];
+extern char SmCautoRepeats[];
+extern char SmCaccelNum[];
+extern char SmCaccelDenom[];
+extern char SmCthreshold[];
+extern char SmCtimeout[];
+extern char SmCinterval[];
+extern char SmCpreferBlank[];
+extern char SmCallowExp[];
+extern char SmCfontPath[];
+extern char SmCkeySymsPerKey[];
+extern char SmCnumKeyCode[];
+extern char SmCkeySyms[];
+extern char SmCmaxKeyPerMod[];
+extern char SmCmodMap[];
+extern char SmCbuttonMap[];
+extern char SmChostState[];
+extern char SmChostNames[];
+extern char SmCdidQuerySettings[];
+extern char SmCshutDownState[];
+extern char SmCshutDownMode[];
+extern char SmCdisplayResolution[];
+extern char SmCsessionLang[];
+extern char SmCsaveFontPath[];
+
+#endif /* _smresource_h */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmRestore.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmRestore.h /main/10 1996/02/08 11:29:05 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmRestore.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Session Restoration for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smrestore_h
+#define _smrestore_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+#define	MAX_REMOTE_CLIENTS	200
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+extern void ReloadResources( void ) ;
+extern int RestoreState( void ) ;
+extern int SetCompatState( void ) ;
+extern int StartWM( void ) ;
+extern int RestoreResources(Boolean, ...) ;
+extern void RestoreIndependentResources(void) ;
+extern void StartEtc( Boolean ) ;
+extern void CreateExecString(char *) ;
+extern void KillParent( void ) ;
+extern void ScanWhitespace( unsigned char **) ;
+extern void SystemCmd (char *pchCmd);
+
+extern Boolean StartClient (
+	char 			* program, 
+	char 			** argv, 
+	char 			* hostname,
+	char 			* cwd,
+	char 			** envp, 
+	Boolean			checkCwd,
+	Boolean 		useIgnoreEnvResource,
+	int			screen);
+
+extern Boolean StartXSMPSession (
+	char			* databaseName);
+
+extern Boolean StartXSMPClient (
+	XSMPClientDBRecPtr 	pDbRec,
+	char			* databaseName);
+
+extern Boolean StartProxyClient (
+	ProxyClientDBRecPtr 	pDbRec);
+
+void ExecuteDiscardCommands (
+	char			* db);
+
+extern Boolean ExecuteCommandProperty (
+	char			* propertyName,
+	ClientRecPtr            pClientRec);
+
+PropertyRecPtr GetPropertyRec (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName);
+
+char * GetStringPropertyValue (
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec,
+	char			* propName);
+
+
+#endif /*_smrestore_h*/

cde/programs/dtsession/SmSave.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* $TOG: SmSave.h /main/10 1997/03/07 10:25:36 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmSave.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Session Save for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smsave_h
+#define _smsave_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+#include "SmDB.h"
+
+#include <Dt/SessionP.h>
+#include <Dt/SessionM.h>
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+extern SmScreenInfo        screenSaverVals;
+extern SmAudioInfo         audioVals;
+extern SmKeyboardInfo      keyboardVals;
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+extern void SetupSaveState(
+        Boolean 	saveToHome,
+        int 		mode);
+
+extern void SaveState( 
+	Boolean			saveToHome, 
+	int 			mode,
+	int                     saveType,
+	Bool                    shutdown,
+	int                     interactStyle,
+	Bool                    fast,
+	Bool                    global) ;
+
+extern int CompleteSave ( );
+
+extern void NotifyProxyClients ( );
+
+#endif /*_smsave_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmScreen.c

@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmScreen.c /main/4 1995/10/30 09:38:03 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmScreen.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains all routines needed to manage external
+ **  screen savers.
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <Dt/Wsm.h>
+#include <Dt/UserMsg.h>
+#include <Dt/SaverP.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmUI.h"                  /* smDD.* */
+#include "SmError.h"
+#include "SmWindow.h"
+#include "SmProtocol.h"
+#include "SmGlobals.h"
+#include "SmScreen.h"
+
+/*
+ * Structures visible to this module only.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+  int count;
+  char *saver[1];   
+  /* variable length saver[] array */
+  /* saver command strings */
+} SmSaverParseStruct;
+
+/*
+ * Variables global to this module only
+ */
+static int savernum;             /* current screen saver number */
+static void *saverstate = NULL;  /* current running screen saver state */
+static int firsttime = 1;        /* first call to StartScreenSaver */
+
+/*
+ * Local Function declarations
+ */
+static void ParseSaverList(char *, int *, int *, SmSaverParseStruct *);
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  StartScreenSaver ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Start an external screen saver.
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+void
+StartScreenSaver( void )
+{
+  int i;
+  SmSaverParseStruct *parse;
+
+  if (!smGD.saverListParse)
+  {
+   /*
+    * Parse the screen saver list.
+    */
+    smGD.saverListParse = SmSaverParseSaverList(smGD.saverList);
+
+    if (!smGD.saverListParse)
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+    savernum = -1;
+  }
+
+  parse = (SmSaverParseStruct *)smGD.saverListParse;
+
+  if (parse->count == 0)
+  {
+    return;
+  }
+
+ /*
+  * Decide which saver number to use.
+  */
+  savernum = (savernum + 1) % parse->count;
+
+  if (firsttime)
+  {
+   /*
+    * Load actions database.
+    */
+    ProcessReloadActionsDatabase();
+    firsttime = 0;
+  }
+
+ /*
+  * Start screen saver. _DtSaverStop() must be called to terminate the
+  * screen saver.
+  */
+  saverstate = _DtSaverStart(smGD.display, smDD.coverDrawing,
+                  smGD.numSavedScreens, parse->saver[savernum],
+                  smGD.topLevelWid);
+
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  StopScreenSaver ()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Stop an external screen saver.
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void
+StopScreenSaver( void )
+{
+  if (saverstate)
+  {
+   /*
+    * Terminate screen saver.
+    */
+    _DtSaverStop(smGD.display, saverstate);
+    saverstate = NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  SmSaverParseSaverList()
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Parse screen saver list into allocated buffer.
+ *
+ *  SaverLine = {SaverSpec|WhiteSpace}
+ *  SaverSpec = WhiteSpace Command WhiteSpace
+ *  Command = <valid action name>
+ *  WhiteSpace = {<space>|<horizontal tab>|<line feed>}
+ *
+ *  For example, a saverList resource might be specified as:
+ *    *saverList:   \n \
+ *       StartDtscreenSwarm      \n\
+ *       StartDtscreenQix        \n\
+ *       StartDtscreenLife
+ *
+ *  And be represented in memory as:
+ *    "StartDtscreenSwarm   \n StartDtscreenQix\n  StartDtscreenLife"
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  saverList - pointer to screen saver list. This memory is not changed.
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  none
+ *
+ *  Return:
+ *  -------
+ *  pointer to allocated memory containing parsed saver list
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+void *
+SmSaverParseSaverList(
+  char *saverList)
+{
+   char tokenSep[] = " \n\t";
+   char * token;
+   int i = 0;
+   char * tmpStr;
+   int len = strlen(saverList);
+   int bytes = sizeof(int);
+   char *p;
+   SmSaverParseStruct *pstruct;
+
+   tmpStr = (char *)XtMalloc(len + 1);
+   memcpy(tmpStr, saverList, len+1);
+   token = strtok(tmpStr, tokenSep);
+   while(token != NULL)
+   {
+     i++;
+     bytes += sizeof(char *) + strlen(token) + 1;
+     token = strtok(NULL, tokenSep);
+   }
+
+   pstruct = (SmSaverParseStruct *)XtMalloc(bytes);
+
+   if (pstruct)
+   {
+     memcpy(tmpStr, saverList, len+1);
+     token = strtok(tmpStr, tokenSep);
+     pstruct->count = 0;
+     p = (char *)(pstruct->saver + i);
+
+     while(token != NULL)
+     {
+       pstruct->saver[pstruct->count] = p;
+       strcpy(pstruct->saver[pstruct->count], token);
+       p += strlen(token) + 1;
+       token = strtok(NULL, tokenSep);
+       pstruct->count++;
+     }
+   }
+   XtFree ((char *) tmpStr);
+   return((void *)pstruct);
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmScreen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmScreen.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:38:16 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmScreen.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   managing external screen savers
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smscreen_h
+#define _smscreen_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+extern void StartScreenSaver(void);
+extern void StopScreenSaver(void);
+extern void *SmSaverParseSaverList(char *);
+
+
+#endif /*_smscreen_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmStrDefs.c

@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmStrDefs.c /main/9 1996/02/02 15:14:33 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmStrDef.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  Contains all resource names and classes for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.                     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Global Resource Names
+ */
+char SmNsessionVersion[] = "sessionVersion";
+
+/*
+ * Session Manager Resource Names
+ */
+/* Resources names for session manager behavior*/
+char SmNwmStartup[] = "wmStartupCommand";
+char SmNquerySettings[] = "queryServerSettings";
+char SmNkeys[] = "keys";
+char SmNalarmTime[] = "passwordTimeout";
+char SmNmemThreshold[] = "memThreshold";
+char SmNcontManagement[] = "contManagement";
+char SmNwaitClientTimeout[] = "waitClientTimeout";
+char SmNwaitWmTimeout[] = "waitWmTimeout";
+char SmNuseMessaging[] = "useMessaging";
+char SmNsaveFontPath[] = "saveFontPath";
+char SmNcycleTimeout[] = "cycleTimeout";
+char SmNlockTimeout[] = "lockTimeout";
+char SmNsaverTimeout[] = "saverTimeout";
+char SmNrandom[] = "random";
+char SmNsaverList[] = "saverList";
+char SmNsaveYourselfTimeout[] = "saveYourselfTimeout";
+char SmNmergeXdefaults[] = "mergeXdefaults";
+char SmNnumSessionsBackedup[] = "numSessionsBackedup";
+char SmNignoreEnvironment[] = "ignoreEnvironment";
+
+
+/* Resource names for settings information */
+
+char SmNkeyClick[] = "keyClickPercent";
+char SmNbellPercent[] = "bellPercent";
+char SmNbellPitch[] = "bellPitch";
+char SmNbellDuration[] = "bellDuration";
+char SmNledMask[] = "ledMask";
+char SmNglobalRepeats[] = "globalAutoRepeats";
+char SmNautoRepeats[] = "autoRepeats";
+char SmNaccelNum[] = "accelNum";
+char SmNaccelDenom[] = "accelDenom";
+char SmNthreshold[] = "threshold";
+char SmNtimeout[] = "timeout";
+char SmNinterval[] = "interval";
+char SmNpreferBlank[] = "preferBlank";
+char SmNallowExp[] = "allowExp";
+char SmNfontPath[] = "fontPath";
+char SmNkeySymsPerKey[] = "keySymsPerKeyCode";
+char SmNnumKeyCode[] = "numKeyCode";
+char SmNkeySyms[] = "keySyms";
+char SmNmaxKeyPerMod[] = "maxKeyPerMod";
+char SmNmodMap[] = "modMap";
+char SmNbuttonMap[] = "buttonMap";
+char SmNhostState[] = "hostState";
+char SmNhostNames[] = "hostName";
+char SmNdidQuerySettings[] = "didQuery";
+char SmNshutDownState[] = "shutDownState";
+char SmNshutDownMode[] = "shutDownMode";
+char SmNdisplayResolution[] = "displayResolution";
+char SmNsessionLang[] = "sessionLanguage";
+
+/*
+ * Global resource classes
+ */
+char SmCsessionVersion[] = "SessionVersion";
+
+/*
+ * Session Manager Resource Classes
+ */
+/* Resources classes for session manager behavior*/
+char SmCwmStartup[] = "WmStartupCommand";
+char SmCquerySettings[] = "QueryServerSettings";
+char SmCkeys[] = "Keys";
+char SmCalarmTime[] = "PasswordTimeout";
+char SmCmemThreshold[] = "MemThreshold";
+char SmCContManagement[] = "ContManagement";
+char SmCWaitClientTimeout[] = "WaitClientTimeout";
+char SmCWaitWmTimeout[] = "WaitWmTimeout";
+char SmCUseMessaging[] = "UseMessaging";
+char SmCsaveFontPath[] = "SaveFontPath";
+char SmCcycleTimeout[] = "CycleTimeout";
+char SmClockTimeout[] = "LockTimeout";
+char SmCsaverTimeout[] = "SaverTimeout";
+char SmCrandom[] = "Random";
+char SmCsaverList[] = "SaverList";
+char SmCsaveYourselfTimeout[] = "SaveYourselfTimeout";
+char SmCmergeXdefaults[] = "MergeXdefaults";
+char SmCnumSessionsBackedup[] = "NumSessionsBackedup";
+char SmCignoreEnvironment[] = "IgnoreEnvironment";
+
+/*
+ * Class names for session settings information
+ */
+char SmCkeyClick[] = "KeyClickPercent";
+char SmCbellPercent[] = "BellPercent";
+char SmCbellPitch[] = "BellPitch";
+char SmCbellDuration[] = "BellDuration";
+char SmCledMask[] ="LedMask";
+char SmCglobalRepeats[] = "GlobalAutoRepeats";
+char SmCautoRepeats[] = "AutoRepeats";
+char SmCaccelNum[] = "AccelNum";
+char SmCaccelDenom[] = "AccelDenom";
+char SmCthreshold[] = "Threshold";
+char SmCtimeout[] = "Timeout";
+char SmCinterval[] = "Interval";
+char SmCpreferBlank[] = "PreferBlank";
+char SmCallowExp[] = "AllowExp";
+char SmCfontPath[] = "FontPath";
+char SmCkeySymsPerKey[] = "KeySymsPerKeyCode";
+char SmCnumKeyCode[] = "NumKeyCode";
+char SmCkeySyms[] = "KeySyms";
+char SmCmaxKeyPerMod[] = "MaxKeyPerMod";
+char SmCmodMap[] = "ModMap";
+char SmCbuttonMap[] = "ButtonMap";
+char SmChostState[] = "HostState";
+char SmChostNames[] = "HostName";
+char SmCdidQuerySettings[] = "DidQuery";
+char SmCshutDownState[] = "ShutDownState";
+char SmCshutDownMode[] = "ShutDownMode";
+char SmCdisplayResolution[] = "DisplayResolution";
+char SmCsessionLang[] = "SessionLanguage";
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  Session manager resource converter names ...
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+char SmRContManagement[] = "ContManagement";
+
+
+/* from Sm.h */
+
+char SM_CLIENT_FILE[] = "dt.session";
+char SM_CLIENT_FILE2[] = "dtsession.db";
+char SM_RESOURCE_FILE[] = "dt.resources";
+char SM_FONT_FILE[] = "dt.font";
+char SM_LOW_RES_EXT[] = "l";
+char SM_MED_RES_EXT[] = "m";
+char SM_HIGH_RES_EXT[] = "h";
+char SM_SETTING_FILE[] = "dt.settings";
+char SM_CONVERSION_FILE[] = "*CONVERTED*";
+char SM_SYSTEM_CLIENT_FILE[] = "sys.session";
+char SM_SYSTEM_RESOURCE_FILE[] = "sys.resources";
+char SM_SYSTEM_FONT_FILE[] = "sys.font";
+char SM_SYSTEM_PATH[] = CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP "/config";
+char SM_SECURE_PATH[] = "/.secure/etc/passwd";
+char SM_CURRENT_DIRECTORY[] = "current";
+char SM_CURRENT_FONT_DIRECTORY[] = "current.font";
+char SM_HOME_FONT_DIRECTORY[] = "home.font";
+char SM_HOME_DIRECTORY[] = "home";
+char SM_OLD_EXTENSION[] = "old";
+char SM_SYSTEM_DIRECTORY[] = "system";
+char smEtcFile[] = "sessionetc";
+char smExitFile[] = "sessionexit";
+char SM_RESOURCE_CLASS[] = "Dtsession";
+char SM_RESOURCE_NAME[] = "dtsession";
+char SM_HELP_VOLUME[] = "FPanel";
+char SM_RUNNING_LOCK[] = "dtsession_running";
+char SM_SCREEN_SAVER_NAME[] = "screensaver";
+
+/*
+ * Strings for the XSMP
+ */
+char SM_SESSION_MANAGER[] 	= "SESSION_MANAGER";
+char SM_VENDOR_NAME[]		= "DtSession";
+char SM_RELEASE_NAME[]		= "1.0";
+char SM_CLIENT_ID[]		= "SM_CLIENT_ID";
+
+/*
+ * ToolTalk operation names
+ */
+char SM_DISPLAY_LOCK[]		= "Display_Lock";
+char SM_XSESSION_EXIT[]		= "XSession_Exit";
+char SM_RESOURCES_RELOAD[] 	= "Resources_Reload";
+char SM_SAVE_SESSION[]		= "Save_Session";
+

cde/programs/dtsession/SmUI.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmUI.h /main/14 1996/05/31 09:18:17 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmUI.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   User Interface for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smui_h
+#define _smui_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <Xm/Xm.h>
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    Widget              confExit;               /* Exit confirmation dialogs*/
+    Widget              qExit;
+    Widget              compatExit;
+    Widget              lockDialog;             /* lock-login shell */
+    Widget              lockCoverDialog;        /* lock-login shell */
+    Widget              coverDialog[10];        /* Cover shell*/
+    Widget              coverDrawing[10];       /* Cover drawing area */
+    Widget              matte[2];               /* lock dialog pieces */
+    Widget              loginMatte[2];
+    Widget              loginForm[2];
+    Widget              indLabel[2];
+    Widget              deadWid;                /* Bms-dead dialog */
+    Widget		clientReasons;		/* For client "reasons" */
+    Widget              confirmSession;         /* Confirm session selection */
+    Widget              saveSession;         	/* Error dialog for Save_Session
+						   ToolTalk message */
+    XmString            okString, cancelString, helpString;
+    XmString            okLogoutString, cancelLogoutString;
+    Widget              noStart;                /* Cant start dt dialog */
+#ifdef __osf__
+    Widget              newProfile;             /* new dtprofile dialog */
+#endif
+    Widget              smHelpDialog;   /* Help dialog for all topics */
+} DialogData;
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+extern DialogData       smDD;
+extern Arg              uiArgs[20];
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+extern Widget CreateLockDialog( void ) ;
+extern void ExitSession( Tt_message ) ;
+extern int WarnMsgFailure( void ) ;
+extern Widget CreateLockDialogWithCover( Widget ) ;
+extern Widget CreateCoverDialog( int, Boolean ) ;
+extern void ImmediateExit( int, Tt_message, Boolean ) ;
+extern void ShowWaitState( Boolean ) ; 
+extern Boolean InitCursorInfo( void ) ; 
+extern void UpdatePasswdField( int );
+extern int WarnNoStartup( void );
+extern void DialogUp( Widget, XtPointer, XtPointer ) ;
+#ifdef __osf__
+extern int WarnNewProfile( void );
+#endif
+void PostSaveSessionErrorDialog ( void );
+extern int ConfirmExit( Tt_message, Boolean );
+
+extern Boolean ConfirmSessionCreation ( 
+	short 			session_type,
+	unsigned int		argc,
+	char			**argv);
+
+extern void PostXSMPFailureDialog (
+	XSMPFailure 		failure_code, 
+	Boolean 		check_errorlog);
+
+extern void PostReasonsDialog (
+	char			* progName,
+	int			numMsgs,
+	char			** message,
+	Boolean			waitForResponse);
+
+#endif /*_smui_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmWatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi.
+ *
+ * $TOG: SmWatch.c /main/4 1997/03/19 12:21:06 barstow $
+ */
+/******************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/ICE/ICElib.h>
+#include "SmXSMP.h"
+
+/*
+ * Forward declarations
+ */
+void _XtIceWatchProc ();
+void _XtProcessIceMsgProc ();
+
+Status
+InitWatchProcs (
+	XtAppContext 		appContext)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf ("InitWatchProcs\n");
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+    return (IceAddConnectionWatch (_XtIceWatchProc, (IcePointer) appContext));
+}
+
+
+void
+_XtIceWatchProc (
+	IceConn			ice_conn,
+	IcePointer		client_data,
+	Bool			opening,
+	IcePointer		*watch_data)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf ("_XtIceWatchProc\n");
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+    if (opening)
+    {
+	XtAppContext appContext = (XtAppContext) client_data;
+
+	*watch_data = (IcePointer) XtAppAddInput (
+	    appContext,
+	    IceConnectionNumber (ice_conn),
+            (XtPointer) XtInputReadMask,
+	    _XtProcessIceMsgProc,
+	    (XtPointer) ice_conn);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	XtRemoveInput ((XtInputId) *watch_data);
+    }
+}
+
+
+void
+_XtProcessIceMsgProc (
+	XtPointer		client_data,
+	int			*source,
+	XtInputId		*id)
+{
+    IceConn			ice_conn = (IceConn) client_data;
+    IceProcessMessagesStatus	status;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    printf ("_XtProcessIceMsgProc\n");
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+    status = IceProcessMessages (ice_conn, NULL, NULL);
+
+    if (status == IceProcessMessagesIOError)
+    {
+	ClientRecPtr		pClientRec;
+	int			found = 0;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	printf ("IO error on connection (fd = %d)\n", 
+		IceConnectionNumber (ice_conn));
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+	for (pClientRec = connectedList; pClientRec != NULL; 
+	  	pClientRec = pClientRec->next) 
+	{
+	    if (pClientRec->iceConn == ice_conn) 
+	    {
+	        CloseDownClient (pClientRec);
+		found = 1;
+	        break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (!found) {
+            IceSetShutdownNegotiation (ice_conn, False);
+            IceCloseConnection (ice_conn);
+	}
+    }
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmWatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi.
+ *
+ * $XConsortium: SmWatch.h /main/1 1995/12/29 20:18:59 barstow $
+ */
+/******************************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  X Consortium
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _smwatch_h
+#define _smwatch_h
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+
+Status
+InitWatchProcs (
+	XtAppContext 		appContext);
+
+#endif /* _smwatch_h */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmWindow.c

@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+/* $TOG: SmWindow.c /main/6 1997/03/07 10:25:30 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmWindow.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains all routines needed to query the window tree.
+ **  The window tree needs to be queried to find all top level windows.
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.		     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <Dt/UserMsg.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmError.h"
+#include "SmWindow.h"
+#include "SmProtocol.h"
+#include "SmGlobals.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Variables global to this module only
+ */
+static Boolean commandTimeout;
+
+/*
+ * Local Function declarations
+ */
+
+static WindowInfo GetTopLevelWindowInfo( 
+                        Window window) ;
+static void WaitForCommand( 
+                        Window window) ;
+static void WaitTimeout( XtPointer , XtIntervalId *) ;
+
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  GetTopLevelWindowInfo (window)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Given a child of the root - find the top level window for that child.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  window = the current window that is being queried about
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  retInfo = a WindowInfo structure (a window id + state of the window) that
+ *            gives the top level window information.
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static WindowInfo 
+GetTopLevelWindowInfo(
+        Window window )
+{
+    register int i;
+    Window parent,root,*children;
+    WindowInfo retInfo;
+    Atom actualType;
+    int actualFormat;
+    unsigned long nitems;
+    unsigned long leftover;
+    unsigned int nchildren;
+    WM_STATE *wmState = NULL;
+    XWindowAttributes windowAttr;
+
+    if ((XGetWindowAttributes(smGD.display, window,&windowAttr)) == 0)
+    {
+	retInfo.wid = 0;
+	retInfo.termState = 0;
+        return(retInfo);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If WM_STATE could not be interned at the beginning - the window manager
+     * may have been slow in coming up.  Try it again now.
+     */
+    if(XaWmState == None)
+    {
+	XaWmState = XInternAtom(smGD.display, _XA_WM_STATE, True);
+    }
+
+    XGetWindowProperty(smGD.display,window,XaWmState,
+		       0L,(long)BUFSIZ,False,
+		       XaWmState,&actualType,&actualFormat,
+		       &nitems,
+		       &leftover,(unsigned char **) &wmState);
+    if (actualType==XaWmState)
+    {
+	retInfo.wid = window;
+	retInfo.termState = wmState->state;
+
+	/*
+	 * This data needs to be freed up!
+	 */
+	SM_FREE((char *) wmState);
+        return(retInfo);
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+	/*
+	 * Be sure to free the window property each time we get it
+	 * if the property exists
+	 */
+	if(actualType != None)
+	{
+	    SM_FREE((char *) wmState);
+	}
+	
+        if(XQueryTree(smGD.display,window,&root,
+		      &parent,&children,&nchildren) != 0)
+	{
+	    if(nchildren > 0)
+	    {
+		i = 0;
+		while (nchildren--) 
+		{
+		    retInfo = GetTopLevelWindowInfo(children[i++]);
+		    if(retInfo.wid != 0)
+		    {
+			SM_FREE((char *) children);
+			return(retInfo);
+		    }
+		}
+		SM_FREE((char *) children);
+	    }
+	}
+	retInfo.wid = 0;
+	retInfo.termState = 0;
+        return(retInfo);
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  WaitForCommand (window)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  This routine waits for an update on the WM_COMMAND property of a top
+ *  level window after a WM_SAVE_YOURSELF has been placed on that window.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  window = window id for the
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static void 
+WaitForCommand(
+        Window window )
+{
+    XtInputMask isThere;
+    XEvent event;
+    XPropertyEvent *pEvent=(XPropertyEvent *)&event;
+    XtIntervalId	comTimerId;
+    Boolean commandUpdated;
+
+    /*
+     * Set a configurable timer which stops the block
+     */
+    commandUpdated = False;
+    commandTimeout = False;
+    comTimerId = XtAppAddTimeOut(smGD.appCon, smRes.saveYourselfTimeout,
+				 WaitTimeout, (XtPointer) window);
+
+    while((commandUpdated == False) && (commandTimeout == False))
+    {
+	if((isThere = XtAppPending(smGD.appCon)) != 0)
+	{
+	    if(isThere & XtIMXEvent)
+	    {
+		XtAppPeekEvent(smGD.appCon, &event);
+		if (event.type==PropertyNotify&&pEvent->window==window&&
+		    pEvent->atom==XA_WM_COMMAND)
+		{
+		    commandUpdated = True;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if(commandTimeout == False)
+	    {
+		XtAppProcessEvent(smGD.appCon, XtIMXEvent | XtIMTimer);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    XtRemoveTimeOut(comTimerId);
+    XSelectInput(smGD.display, window,NoEventMask);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  SaveYourself (windowInfo)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Places the WM_SAVE_YOURSELF property on each top level window.  It then
+ *  waits for the window to update its WM_COMMAND property.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  windowInfo = window id for the top level wincow and the state of that
+ *               window.
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+int 
+SaveYourself(
+        WindowInfo windowInfo )
+{
+
+    int i;
+    Atom *protoRet;
+    int nitems;
+    XClientMessageEvent saveYourselfMessage;
+    
+    /*
+     * Get the WM_PROTOCOLS property on the clients top-level window.
+     */
+    if(XGetWMProtocols(smGD.display, windowInfo.wid, &protoRet, &nitems) == 0)
+    {
+	/*
+	 * If the client doesn't have a WM_PROTOCOLS property,
+	 * it doesn't support any protocols.
+	 */
+        return (-1);	
+    }
+	
+    /* Look for WM_SAVE_YOURSELF atom.  */
+    for (i=0;i<nitems;++i) 
+    {
+	if (protoRet[i]==XaWmSaveYourself) 
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    if (i==nitems)
+    {
+	SM_FREE((char *) protoRet);
+	return(-1);	/* doesn't participate in WM_SAVE_YOURSELF */
+    }
+
+    /* Construct the ClientMessage. */
+    saveYourselfMessage.type=ClientMessage;
+    saveYourselfMessage.window=windowInfo.wid;
+    saveYourselfMessage.message_type=XaWmProtocols;
+    saveYourselfMessage.format=32;
+    saveYourselfMessage.data.l[0]=XaWmSaveYourself;
+    saveYourselfMessage.data.l[1]=CurrentTime;
+    
+    /*
+     * look for changes in WM_COMMAND property
+     */
+    XSelectInput(smGD.display,windowInfo.wid,PropertyChangeMask);
+    XFlush(smGD.display);
+
+    /*
+     * Send the ClientMessage to the client.  XSendEvent returns a 1 if it
+     * is successful in converting the event to a wire event.
+     */
+    if (XSendEvent(smGD.display,windowInfo.wid,False,NoEventMask,
+		   (XEvent *) &saveYourselfMessage) != 1)
+    {
+	PrintError(DtError, GETMESSAGE(20, 1, "Client message failed.  Client information will not be saved."));
+	return(-1);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait for client to update WM_COMMAND. */
+    WaitForCommand(windowInfo.wid);
+
+    SM_FREE((char *) protoRet);
+    
+    return (0);
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  GetTopLevelWindows (screen, toplist, toplistlength, containedListLength)
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Querys the window tree and constructs a list of all top level windows
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  screen = pointer to the screen we're currently querying on
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  toplist = a pointer to the list of top level windows
+ *  toplistlength = the length of the list of top level windows
+ *  containedListLength = the length of the list of contained windows
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+int 
+GetTopLevelWindows(
+        int screen,
+        WindowInfo **topList,
+        unsigned int *topListLength,
+        unsigned int *containedListLength )
+{
+    Window rootWindow, parentWindow, *tmpChild;
+    Window *childList, *embeddedList, *tmpList;
+    WindowInfo topLevelWindowInfo;
+    int i;
+    unsigned long numEmbedded;
+
+    /*
+     * Get a list of children of the root window
+     */
+    if (XQueryTree(smGD.display, RootWindow(smGD.display, screen),&rootWindow,
+	    &parentWindow, &childList, topListLength) == 0)
+    {
+	PrintError(DtError, GETMESSAGE(20, 2, "Invalid root window.  Can not save client information."));
+        SM_EXIT(-1);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * add in the list of top level windows embedded in the front panel
+     */
+    if(_DtGetEmbeddedClients(smGD.display, RootWindow(smGD.display, screen),
+			     &embeddedList, &numEmbedded) != Success)
+    {
+	numEmbedded = 0;
+    }
+    
+    if (*topListLength) 
+	*topList=(WindowInfo *) SM_MALLOC(sizeof(WindowInfo)*
+				       (*topListLength + numEmbedded));
+
+    tmpChild = childList;
+    /* scan list */
+    for (i=0 ; i<*topListLength; ++i, tmpChild++) 
+    {
+        topLevelWindowInfo = GetTopLevelWindowInfo(*tmpChild);
+        if (!topLevelWindowInfo.wid)
+	{
+	    topLevelWindowInfo.wid = (*tmpChild);
+	    /*
+	     * Assume if you can't find a state that it is "don't care"
+	     * this could be a faulty assumption CHECK IT OUT
+	     */
+	    topLevelWindowInfo.termState = 0;
+	}
+        (*topList)[i] = topLevelWindowInfo;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now add in the extra window id's to check
+     */
+    tmpList = embeddedList;
+    for(i = *topListLength;i < (*topListLength + numEmbedded);i++)
+    {
+	(*topList)[i].wid = *tmpList;tmpList++;
+	(*topList)[i].termState = NormalState;
+    }
+
+    if(numEmbedded > 0)
+    {
+	SM_FREE((char *) embeddedList);
+    }
+
+    if(*topListLength)
+    {
+	SM_FREE((char *) childList);
+    }
+   
+   *containedListLength = numEmbedded;
+    
+    return(0);
+}
+
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  WaitTimeout
+ *
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Timeout procedure the WaitForCommand routine.  It stops a loop waiting
+ *  for an update of the WM_COMMAND property from a client.
+ *
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ * 
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *  commandTimeout = (global) flag that stops the loop
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ * 
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+static void 
+WaitTimeout(
+        XtPointer client_data,
+        XtIntervalId *id )
+{
+    String tmpString, tmpError;
+    char   *winName;
+    Status success;
+
+    success = XFetchName(smGD.display, (Window) client_data, &winName);
+    if (success && winName)
+    {
+	tmpString = GETMESSAGE(20, 4, "Session restoration information not updated for client %s.  Invalid information may be saved.");
+	tmpError = SM_MALLOC(strlen(winName) + strlen(tmpString) + 5);
+	if (tmpError)
+	{
+	    sprintf(tmpError, tmpString, winName);
+	    PrintError(DtError, tmpError);
+	    SM_FREE(tmpError);
+	}
+	SM_FREE(winName);
+    }
+    commandTimeout = True;
+    return;
+} /* END OF FUNCTION WaitTimeout */
+    

cde/programs/dtsession/SmWindow.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmWindow.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:39:07 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmWindow.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Getting Top Level Window Info for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smwindow_h
+#define _smwindow_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Structure to hold window and state information to be later written
+ * to the output state file
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    int		termState;
+    Window	wid;
+} WindowInfo, *WindowInfoPtr;
+
+/*
+ * Information returned by application in response to WM_STATE message
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int state;
+  Window icon;
+} WM_STATE;
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+
+extern int SaveYourself( WindowInfo ) ;
+extern int GetTopLevelWindows( int, WindowInfo **, unsigned int *, 
+			       unsigned int *) ;
+
+
+
+#endif /*_smwindow_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmXSMP.h

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/*
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1995 Hitachi.
+ *
+ * $XConsortium: SmXSMP.h /main/16 1996/02/13 11:02:37 barstow $
+ */
+
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmXSMP.h
+ **
+ **  Project:     DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smxsmp_h
+#define _smxsmp_h
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <X11/SM/SMlib.h>
+#include <X11/ICE/ICEutil.h>
+
+/*
+ * Constants for the Save_Session ToolTalk message
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_SAVE_TYPE               SmSaveGlobal
+#define DEFAULT_SHUTDOWN                False
+#define DEFAULT_INTERACT_STYLE          SmInteractStyleAny
+#define DEFAULT_FAST                    True
+#define DEFAULT_GLOBAL                  True
+
+
+typedef struct _PropertyRec {
+	SmProp			prop;
+	struct _PropertyRec	*next;
+} PropertyRec, *PropertyRecPtr;
+
+typedef struct _ClientRec {
+	SmsConn			smConn;
+	IceConn			iceConn;
+	char			* clientId;
+	char			* clientHost;
+	int			restartHint;
+	int			screenNum;
+	PropertyRecPtr		props;
+	Boolean			active;
+	Boolean			saveYourselfDone;
+	Boolean			saveYourselfP2Requested;
+	Boolean			interactRequested;
+	struct _ClientRec	* next;
+} ClientRec, *ClientRecPtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+	Boolean			global;
+	Boolean			shutdown;
+	Boolean			clientInteracting;
+	Boolean			inProgress;
+	Boolean			doneSuccess;
+	Boolean			saveComplete;
+	Boolean			shutdownCanceled;
+	int			interactStyle;
+	int			interactCount;
+	int			numClientIds;
+	char			* clientIds;
+	int			* workspaceNums;
+	ClientRecPtr		interactClient;
+} SaveStateRec;
+
+typedef struct _XSMPClientDBRec {
+	char			* clientId;
+	char			* clientHost;
+	char			* program;
+	char			* cwd;
+	int			screenNum;
+	char			** restartCommand;
+	char			** cloneCommand;
+	char			** discardCommand;
+	char			** environment;
+	int			restartHint;
+	struct _XSMPClientDBRec	* next;
+} XSMPClientDBRec, *XSMPClientDBRecPtr;
+
+typedef struct _ProxyClientDBRec {
+	char			* clientHost;
+	char			** command;
+	int			screenNum;
+} ProxyClientDBRec, *ProxyClientDBRecPtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+	IceListenObj 		* listenObjs;
+	int			numTransports;
+	IceAuthDataEntry 	* authDataEntries;
+	SaveStateRec		saveState;
+	XSMPClientDBRecPtr	xsmpDbList;
+	char			* dbVersion;
+	char			* dbSessionId;
+} XSMPSettings, *XSMPSettingPtr;
+
+/*
+ * Failure modes during the initializatin of XSMP
+ */
+typedef enum {
+	XSMP_FAILURE_SMS_INITIALIZE,
+	XSMP_FAILURE_ICE_LISTEN,
+	XSMP_FAILURE_AUTHENTICATION,
+	XSMP_FAILURE_ICE_ADD_WATCH,
+	XSMP_FAILURE_ICE_COMPOSE_IDS,
+	XSMP_FAILURE_MALLOC
+} XSMPFailure;
+
+/*
+ * Public variable declarations
+ */
+extern XSMPSettings		smXSMP;
+extern ClientRecPtr		connectedList;
+
+extern char			SM_SESSION_MANAGER[];
+extern char 			SM_VENDOR_NAME[];
+extern char 			SM_RELEASE_NAME[];
+extern char 			SM_CLIENT_ID[];
+extern Atom 			XaSmClientId;
+
+/*
+ * Public function declarations
+ */
+extern Boolean InitXSMP ( );
+
+void SaveYourselfReqProc (
+	SmsConn     		smsConn,
+	SmPointer   		managerData,
+	int	    		saveType,
+	Bool	    		shutdown,
+	int         		interactStyle,
+	Bool        		fast,
+	Bool        		global);
+
+void CloseDownClient (
+	ClientRecPtr		client );
+
+void XSMPExit ();
+
+#endif /*_smxsmp_h*/

cde/programs/dtsession/SmXdef.c

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmXdef.c /main/4 1995/10/30 09:39:16 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmXdef.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains routines to manage the Xdefaults file.
+ **
+ **  SmXdefMerge() - merge .Xdefaults file into RESOURCE_MANAGER
+ **  SmXdefSubtract() - subtract .Xdefaults file from given database
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include "Sm.h"
+#include "SmXrm.h"
+
+/*
+ * State data
+ *   dbXdefaults - copy of .Xdefaults in Xrm database form
+ */
+ static XrmDatabase dbXdefaults = NULL;
+
+
+/*
+ * Note:
+ * 
+ * The memory for dbXdefaults is freed only upon dtsession termination
+ *
+ * This code is currently restricted to handling the .Xdefaults file,
+ * but can easily be extended to handle other default resource files.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  SmXdefMerge(display)
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Merge the .Xdefaults file into the RESOURCE_MANAGER database
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  display - display connection
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+void
+SmXdefMerge(Display *display)
+{
+  char *xdefaults;
+
+ /*
+  * Load .Xdefaults
+  */
+  if( (xdefaults = (char *)malloc(strlen(getenv("HOME"))+12)) != NULL)  
+  {
+    sprintf(xdefaults,"%s/%s",getenv("HOME"),".Xdefaults");
+    if(access(xdefaults,R_OK) == 0)
+    {
+      FILE *fp;
+      char *b = NULL;
+      int size;
+      struct stat statinfo; 
+
+     /*
+      * Determine size of file.
+      */
+      if (stat(xdefaults, &statinfo) == -1)
+      {
+        statinfo.st_size = 0;
+      }
+
+     /*
+      * Get some memory.
+      */
+      if (statinfo.st_size > 0)
+      {
+        b = (char *)SM_MALLOC(statinfo.st_size + 1);
+      }
+
+      if (b != NULL)
+      {
+       /*
+        * Read file into memory.
+        */
+        if ((fp = fopen(xdefaults, "r")) != NULL)
+        {
+          size = fread(b, 1, statinfo.st_size, fp);
+          fclose(fp);
+        }
+
+        if (size == statinfo.st_size)
+        {
+         /*
+          * Merge .Xdefaults string into RESOURCE_MANAGER database, and
+          * also convert to Xrm database form for later subtraction.
+          */
+          b[size] = '\0';
+          _DtAddToResource(display, b);
+          dbXdefaults = XrmGetStringDatabase(b);  
+          SM_FREE(b);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    free(xdefaults);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  SmXdefSubtract(db)
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Subract prior merged .Xdefaults file from given database
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  db - Xrm database from which to subtract .Xdefaults
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Return: 
+ *  ------
+ *  dbResult - result database
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *  Caller is responsible for freeing dbResult using XrmDestroyDatabase()
+ *
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+XrmDatabase
+SmXdefSubtract(XrmDatabase db)
+{
+  XrmDatabase dbResult;
+
+  if (dbXdefaults)
+  {
+    dbResult = SmXrmSubtractDatabase(dbXdefaults, db);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    dbResult = NULL;
+  }
+  return(dbResult);
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmXdef.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmXdef.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:39:25 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmXdef.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Lock Handling for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smxdef_h
+#define _smxdef_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+extern void SmXdefMerge(Display *display);
+extern XrmDatabase SmXdefSubtract(XrmDatabase db);
+
+
+#endif /*_smxdef_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SmXrm.c

@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmXrm.c /main/4 1995/10/30 09:39:33 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SmXrm.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     DT Session Manager (dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **  This file contains routines to manage an Xrm database
+ **
+ **  SmXrmSubtract() - subtract source_db from target_db and return result_db
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+
+const XrmQuark empty = NULLQUARK;
+
+struct smSubtractState {
+  XrmDatabase source_db;
+  XrmDatabase target_db;
+  XrmDatabase result_db;
+  XrmBindingList target_bindings;
+  XrmQuarkList target_quarks;
+};
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void _PrintDbEntry(
+  char *,
+  XrmBindingList,
+  XrmQuarkList,
+  XrmRepresentation *,
+  XrmValue *);
+#endif
+
+static Bool _CompareBindingQuarkList(
+  XrmBindingList bindings1,
+  XrmQuarkList   quarks1,
+  XrmBindingList bindings2,
+  XrmQuarkList   quarks2);
+static Bool _SmCompareSourceAndTarget(
+  XrmDatabase *db,
+  XrmBindingList bindings,
+  XrmQuarkList quarks,
+  XrmRepresentation *type,
+  XrmValue *value,
+  XPointer closure);
+static Bool _SmEnumerateSource(
+  XrmDatabase *db,
+  XrmBindingList bindings,
+  XrmQuarkList quarks,
+  XrmRepresentation *type,
+  XrmValue *value,
+  XPointer closure);
+
+
+#ifndef DEBUG
+#define _PrintDbEntry(a,b,c,d,e)
+#endif /* !DEBUG */
+
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  _CompareBindingQuarkList()
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Compare two binding quark lists and return True if the same
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  bindings1 - list1 bindings
+ *  quarks1 - list1 bindings
+ *  bindings2 - list2 bindings
+ *  quarks2 - list2 bindings
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Return:
+ *  ------
+ *  same - True if binding quark list is the same, False otherwise
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+static
+Bool _CompareBindingQuarkList(
+  XrmBindingList bindings1,
+  XrmQuarkList   quarks1,
+  XrmBindingList bindings2,
+  XrmQuarkList   quarks2)
+{
+  int i = 0;
+  Bool rc = False;
+
+ /* 
+  * loop through quarks in list1
+  */
+  while (quarks1[i] != NULLQUARK)
+  {
+   /*
+    * compare quark in list1 to same element in list2 and
+    * break out of loop if they differ.
+    */
+    if (quarks2[i] == NULLQUARK || quarks2[i] != quarks1[i])
+      break;
+
+   /*
+    * quarks for this level compare, now compare bindings
+    */
+    if (bindings1[i] != bindings2[i])
+      break;
+
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  if (quarks1[i] == NULLQUARK && quarks2[i] == NULLQUARK)
+  {
+   /*
+    * all quarks and bindings in list1 and list2 compare
+    */
+    rc = True;
+  }
+  
+  return(rc);
+}
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  _PrintDbEntry()
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Print an Xrm database entry (DEBUG only)
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  leader - leading string
+ *  bindings - binding list
+ *  quarks - quark list
+ *  type - element type
+ *  value - element value
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Return:
+ *  ------
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static
+void _PrintDbEntry(
+       char *leader,
+       XrmBindingList bindings,
+       XrmQuarkList quarks,
+       XrmRepresentation *type,
+       XrmValue *   value)
+{
+   char *   str;
+   int i;
+
+   FILE *fp = fopen ("/tmp/dtsession.xrm", "a");
+
+   str = XrmQuarkToString(type);
+
+   fprintf(fp, "%8s ", leader);
+
+   i = 0;
+   while ( quarks[i] != NULLQUARK )
+   {
+      str = XrmQuarkToString(quarks[i]);
+      fprintf(fp, "%s", str);
+      i++;
+      if (quarks[i] != NULLQUARK)
+      {
+        fprintf(fp, bindings[i] == XrmBindLoosely ? "*" : ".");
+      }
+   }
+   fprintf(fp, ": %s\n",value->addr);
+   fclose(fp);
+}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  _SmCompareSourceAndTarget()
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Xrm Enum callback that compares the current database element to the
+ *  current target element.
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  db - source database
+ *  bindings - binding list
+ *  quarks - quark list
+ *  type - element type
+ *  value - element value
+ *  closure - pointer to smSubtractState data
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Return:
+ *  ------
+ *  result - True if same, False if different
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+static
+Bool _SmCompareSourceAndTarget(
+  XrmDatabase *db,
+  XrmBindingList bindings,
+  XrmQuarkList quarks,
+  XrmRepresentation *type,
+  XrmValue *value,
+  XPointer closure)
+{
+  struct smSubtractState *state = (struct smSubtractState *)closure;
+  Bool rc = False;
+
+  _PrintDbEntry("source", bindings, quarks, type, value);
+
+  if (_CompareBindingQuarkList(bindings, quarks,
+                              state->target_bindings, state->target_quarks))
+  {
+    rc = True;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  _SmEnumerateSource()
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Xrm Enum callback that enumerates the source database for comparison
+ *  against the current target element.
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  db - target database
+ *  bindings - binding list
+ *  quarks - quark list
+ *  type - element type
+ *  value - element value
+ *  closure - pointer to smSubtractState data
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Return:
+ *  ------
+ *  result - always False
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+static
+Bool _SmEnumerateSource(
+  XrmDatabase *db,
+  XrmBindingList bindings,
+  XrmQuarkList quarks,
+  XrmRepresentation *type,
+  XrmValue *value,
+  XPointer closure)
+{
+  struct smSubtractState *state = (struct smSubtractState *)closure;
+  Bool rc;
+
+  _PrintDbEntry("target", bindings, quarks, type, value);
+
+ /* 
+  * Enumerate source database and compare each element to current
+  * target bindings and quarks. 
+  */ 
+  state->target_bindings = bindings;
+  state->target_quarks = quarks;
+  if (XrmEnumerateDatabase(state->source_db, &empty, &empty, XrmEnumAllLevels,
+                           _SmCompareSourceAndTarget, closure) == False)
+  {
+   /*
+    * Target bindings and quarks don't match any element in source database,
+    * so copy target element to result db.
+    */
+    _PrintDbEntry("nomatch", bindings, quarks, type, value);
+    XrmQPutResource(&state->result_db, bindings, quarks, *type, value); 
+  }
+  return False;
+}
+
+/*************************************<->*************************************
+ *
+ *  SmXrmSubtractDatabase()
+ *
+ *  Description:
+ *  -----------
+ *  Subtracts source database from target database and returns
+ *  the result database.
+ *
+ *  Inputs:
+ *  ------
+ *  source_db - source database
+ *  target_db - target database
+ *
+ *  Outputs:
+ *  -------
+ *
+ *  Return:
+ *  ------
+ *  result_db - result database
+ *
+ *  Comments:
+ *  --------
+ *
+ *************************************<->***********************************/
+
+/*
+ * Subtracts source database from target database and returns
+ * the result database.
+ */
+
+XrmDatabase
+SmXrmSubtractDatabase(
+  XrmDatabase source_db,
+  XrmDatabase target_db)
+{
+  struct smSubtractState state;
+
+ /*
+  * return if source or target db not specified
+  */
+  if (source_db == NULL || target_db == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+ /*
+  * set up state
+  */
+  state.source_db = source_db;
+  state.target_db = target_db;
+  state.result_db = NULL;
+
+ /*
+  * populate result db by looping through target and
+  * copying elements that don't also exist in source db
+  */
+  XrmEnumerateDatabase(state.target_db, &empty, &empty, XrmEnumAllLevels,
+                       _SmEnumerateSource, (XPointer)&state);
+  
+  return(state.result_db); 
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SmXrm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SmXrm.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:39:43 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SmXrm.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Xrm database management
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _smxrm_h
+#define _smxrm_h
+
+/*
+ *  #include statements
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *  #define statements
+ */
+
+/*
+ * typedef statements
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External variables
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  External Interface
+ */
+
+XrmDatabase SmXrmSubtractDatabase(
+  XrmDatabase source_db,
+  XrmDatabase target_db);
+
+
+#endif /*_smxrm_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/Srv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* $XConsortium: Srv.h /main/6 1996/09/25 08:32:34 barstow $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*************************************<+>*************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        Srv.h
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Style Manager (part of the session manager)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.		     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+/*  Standard C headers  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/dir.h>
+#else
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif /* _AIX */
+
+/*  Dt header  */
+#include <Dt/UserMsg.h>
+
+/*  Xm headers  */
+#include <Xm/ColorObjP.h>
+
+/* #defines */
+
+#define NUM_OF_COLORS        8
+#define MAX_NUM_SCREENS      6
+
+/* defines for foreground colors */
+#define DYNAMIC    0
+#define BLACK      1
+#define WHITE      2
+
+#define PALETTE_SUFFIX     ".dp"
+
+#define B_O_W   "BlackWhite"
+#define W_ONLY  "White"
+#define W_O_B   "WhiteBlack"
+#define B_ONLY  "Black"
+
+/*
+ * macro to get message catalog strings
+ */
+#ifndef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
+# ifdef __ultrix
+#  define _CLIENT_CAT_NAME "dtsession.cat"
+# else  /* __ultrix */
+#  define _CLIENT_CAT_NAME "dtsession"
+# endif /* __ultrix */
+extern char *_DtGetMessage(char *filename, int set, int n, char *s);
+# define GETMESSAGE(set, number, string)\
+    (_DtGetMessage(_CLIENT_CAT_NAME, set, number, string))
+#else
+# define GETMESSAGE(set, number, string)\
+    string
+#endif
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * Color Palette data structures
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+**  Define a colorset as foreground, background, topshadow, bottomshadow
+**  and selectcolor (also known as arm color).
+*/
+typedef struct _colorset {
+    XColor fg;
+    XColor bg;
+    XColor ts;
+    XColor bs;
+    XColor sc;
+} ColorSet;
+
+typedef struct _hsv {
+    int hue;
+    int saturation;
+    int value;
+} HSVset;
+
+/*
+**  Structure which stores the palettes for the customizer
+*/
+typedef struct _palette {
+      char *name;
+      char *directory;
+      int num_of_colors;
+      ColorSet color[XmCO_MAX_NUM_COLORS];
+      short defaultActive;
+      short defaultInactive;
+      short defaultPrimary;
+      short defaultSecondary;
+      short defaultRoot;
+      char *converted;
+      unsigned long converted_len;
+      struct _palette *prev;
+      struct _palette *next;
+} palettes;
+
+/****** Global Variables ********/
+
+typedef struct {
+   int                TypeOfMonitor[MAX_NUM_SCREENS];
+   int                FgColor[MAX_NUM_SCREENS];
+   Bool               UsePixmaps[MAX_NUM_SCREENS];
+   Bool               DynamicColor[MAX_NUM_SCREENS];
+   int                NumOfScreens;
+   Atom               XA_CUSTOMIZE[MAX_NUM_SCREENS];
+   Atom               XA_PIXEL_SET;
+   Atom               XA_PALETTE_NAME;
+   Atom               XA_TYPE_MONITOR;
+   Atom               XA_UPDATE;
+   struct _palette    *pCurrentPalette[MAX_NUM_SCREENS];
+} ColorSrv;
+extern ColorSrv colorSrv; /* defined in SrvPalette.c */
+
+#define MAX_STR_LEN   128
+
+/*
+ *  Wrappers for system calls
+ */
+#define     SRV_MALLOC(SIZE)         XtMalloc(SIZE)
+#define     SRV_REALLOC(PTR, SIZE)   XtRealloc(PTR, SIZE)
+#define     SRV_FREE(PTR)            XtFree(PTR)
+#define     SRV_EXIT(STATUS)         exit(status)

cde/programs/dtsession/SrvFile_io.c

@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+/*
+static char rcsid[] =
+  "$XConsortium: SrvFile_io.c /main/8 1996/09/25 09:41:53 barstow $";
+*/
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **  File:        SrvFile_io.c
+ **
+ **  Project:     HP DT Style Manager (integrated into dtsession)
+ **
+ **  Description:
+ **  -----------
+ **       This file initializes the user specified ( or default) palette
+ **       for this session.
+ **
+ *******************************************************************
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  All rights are  
+ **  reserved.  Copying or other reproduction of this program      
+ **  except for archival purposes is prohibited without prior      
+ **  written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company.		     
+ ********************************************************************
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *************************************<+>*************************************/
+/* #includes */
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "Srv.h"
+#include "SrvFile_io.h"
+
+/* #defines */
+
+#define BUFSIZE              1024
+
+#define MSG2  ((char *)GETMESSAGE(28, 3, "Color Server Warning, the size of file is invalid: ")) 
+#define MSG3  ((char *)GETMESSAGE(28, 4, "Color Server Warning, invalid information in '"))
+#define MSG3a ((char *)GETMESSAGE(28, 5, "' removing file and starting again.\n"))
+
+/* Static Function Declarations */
+
+
+static Boolean FindPalette( 
+                        char *palette,
+                        char *directory) ;
+static struct _palette* ReadPaletteFile( 
+                        Display *dpy,
+                        int     screen_number,
+                        char *palettePath,
+                        char *palette) ;
+static int ParsePaletteInfo( 
+                        Display *dpy,
+                        int numDisplay,
+                        char *buf,
+                        int nbytes,
+                        struct _palette *new_palette) ;
+static void InitializeBW( 
+                        unsigned long color,
+                        int num_of_colors,
+                        struct _palette *new_palette) ;
+
+/* static variables */
+
+static int error_value;
+
+#define HOME               "HOME"
+#define USER_PALETTE_DIR   "/.dt/palettes"
+#define SYSTEM_PALETTE_DIR CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP "/palettes"
+#define CONFIG_PALETTE_DIR CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP "/palettes"
+#define DEFAULT_PALETTE    "Default.dp"
+
+
+/************************************************************************
+**
+** GetPaletteDefinition -
+**  Query the database for the Dtstyle.paletteDirectories resource
+**  Use Dtstyle default (Default) if not specified.
+**  Search the directories for the palette in reverse order
+**
+************************************************************************/
+struct _palette * 
+GetPaletteDefinition( 
+Display *dpy,
+int     screen_number,
+char    *palette)
+
+{
+    struct _palette *paletteDef;
+    char *str_type_return;
+    XrmValue value_return;
+    XrmDatabase db;
+    Boolean match = False;
+    char *palettePath;
+    char *path;
+    char *p, *d;
+    char *home;
+    char dir[256];
+                    
+
+    if (FindPalette (palette, SYSTEM_PALETTE_DIR))
+    {
+       /* 
+	* First look for palette in the system location
+        */
+        palettePath = (char *) SRV_MALLOC (strlen(SYSTEM_PALETTE_DIR) + 1 );
+        strcpy(palettePath, SYSTEM_PALETTE_DIR);
+        match = True;
+    }
+    else if (FindPalette (palette, CONFIG_PALETTE_DIR))
+    {
+       /* 
+	* Next check the local config location
+        */
+        palettePath = (char *) SRV_MALLOC (strlen(CONFIG_PALETTE_DIR) + 1 );
+        strcpy(palettePath, CONFIG_PALETTE_DIR);
+        match = True;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+	palettePath = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*  Get Dtstyle.paletteDirectories value */
+    db = XtDatabase(dpy);
+    if (XrmGetResource (db, "dtstyle.paletteDirectories",
+                            "Dtstyle.PaletteDirectories",
+                            &str_type_return, &value_return))
+    {
+        /* Make Local Copy of string */
+        path = (char *) SRV_MALLOC( value_return.size + 1 );
+        strcpy (path, value_return.addr);
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+        path = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Look for palette in paletteDirectories */
+    if (path != NULL)
+    {
+        /* Loop through paletteDirectories looking in each directory
+         * till we find the palette file. Take first occurrance.
+         * Copy directory name into dir.  Look for NULL or space 
+         */
+
+        p = path;
+        while (*p != '\0')
+        {
+            d = dir;
+            while (*p != ' ' && *p != '\0')
+                *d++ = *p++;
+            *d = '\0';
+            if (FindPalette (palette, dir))
+            {
+                palettePath = (char *)SRV_REALLOC(palettePath, 
+                                                strlen(SYSTEM_PALETTE_DIR) + 1);
+                strcpy(palettePath, dir);
+                match = True;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+        
+    /* Look for palette in $HOME/.dt/palettes */
+    /* If there is a duplicate, take it */
+
+    if ((home=getenv(HOME)) == NULL)
+      home="";
+    path = (char *) SRV_REALLOC (path, 
+        strlen(home) + strlen(USER_PALETTE_DIR) + 1);
+    strcpy(path, home);
+    strcat(path, USER_PALETTE_DIR);
+
+    if (FindPalette (palette, path))
+    {
+        palettePath = (char *) SRV_REALLOC (palettePath, strlen(path) + 1 );
+        strcpy(palettePath, path);
+        match = True;
+    }
+    
+    if (match)
+    {
+        /* Parse the data from the palette file */
+        paletteDef = (struct _palette *) ReadPaletteFile(dpy, 
+                                                         screen_number, 
+                                                         palettePath,
+                                                         palette);
+    } 
+    else /* default to system Default */
+    {
+        palettePath = (char *) SRV_REALLOC (palettePath,
+                                            strlen(SYSTEM_PALETTE_DIR) + 1);
+        strcpy(palettePath, SYSTEM_PALETTE_DIR);
+        paletteDef = (struct _palette *)ReadPaletteFile(dpy, 
+                                                        screen_number, 
+                                                        palettePath,
+                                                        DEFAULT_PALETTE);
+    }
+
+    if (path != NULL)
+        SRV_FREE(path);
+    if (palettePath != NULL)
+        SRV_FREE(palettePath);
+
+    return (paletteDef);
+
+}
+
+/************************************************************************
+**
+**  FindPalette -
+**  Open the directory and look for the palette file.
+**  If found, read in data and return true.
+**  If not found, return false
+**
+************************************************************************/
+static Boolean
+FindPalette( 
+char *palette,
+char *directory)
+
+{
+    DIR  *dirp;
+    struct dirent *file_descpt;
+
+    /* Open the directory */
+    if( (dirp = opendir(directory)) == NULL)
+    {
+       return(False);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        file_descpt = readdir(dirp);
+    }
+
+    /* cycle through the files in the directory until found a match */
+    while( file_descpt != NULL)
+    {
+        /* check for a palette filename match */
+        if (strcmp(palette, file_descpt->d_name) == 0)
+        {
+            closedir(dirp);
+            return(True);
+        }
+        else 
+        {
+            /* read the next file */
+            file_descpt = readdir(dirp);
+        }
+    } /* while( file_descpt != NULL) */
+
+    closedir(dirp);
+    return (False);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * ReadPaletteFile - this routines reads and parses the palette file.
+ *    It fills in the pCurrentPalette structure for the screen_number
+ *    that was passed in. 
+ *
+ *************************************************************************/
+static struct _palette * 
+ReadPaletteFile(
+        Display *dpy,
+        int     screen_number,
+        char *palettePath,
+        char *palette )
+{
+   struct _palette *new_palette;
+   int             fd, nbytes;
+   char            buf[BUFSIZE];
+   char            tmpPalette[BUFSIZE];
+   char            *token1;
+   char            *tmpStr2;
+   char            *tmpStr;
+   char            *fullPath;
+
+   /* 
+    * create full path, don't forget to add 1 for the NULL byte
+    * and 1 for the slash in the format string for sprintf.
+    */
+   fullPath = (char *) SRV_MALLOC (strlen(palettePath) + strlen(palette) + 2);
+   sprintf(fullPath,"%s/%s", palettePath, palette); 
+
+   if( (fd = open( fullPath, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
+   { /* open failed */
+        printf("error opening %s\n",fullPath);
+        SRV_FREE(fullPath);
+        return((struct _palette *) NULL);
+   }
+      
+   /*
+   **  Read a buffer of data ... BUFSIZE == 1024, as long as 
+   **  screen < MAX_NUM_SCREENS (5) then we should never need more. 
+   */
+   nbytes = read(fd, buf, BUFSIZE);
+   if(nbytes == 0 || nbytes == BUFSIZE)  /* A bogus number of bytes */
+   { /* read failed */
+       /*
+	* Don't forget to add 1 for the NULL byte and 2 for the 
+	* period and the newline in the format string for sprintf
+	*/
+       tmpStr = (char *)SRV_MALLOC(strlen(MSG2) + strlen(fullPath) + 3);
+       sprintf(tmpStr,"%s%s.\n", MSG2, palettePath); 
+       _DtSimpleError(XmSCOLOR_SRV_NAME, DtWarning, NULL, tmpStr, NULL); 
+       SRV_FREE(tmpStr);
+       SRV_FREE(fullPath);
+       close(fd);
+       return((struct _palette *) NULL);
+   }
+   else 
+   { /* read suceeded */
+      /* Allocate space for this new palette. */
+      new_palette = (palettes *)SRV_MALLOC( sizeof(struct _palette) + 1 );
+
+      /*  allocate enough space for the name */
+      strcpy(tmpPalette, palette); 
+      for (token1=tmpPalette; *token1; token1++);
+      while (token1!=tmpPalette && *token1!='.') token1--;
+      if (!strcmp(token1,PALETTE_SUFFIX)) *token1 = '\0';
+      new_palette->name = (char *)SRV_MALLOC(strlen(tmpPalette) + 1);
+      strcpy(new_palette->name, (char *) tmpPalette);
+
+      new_palette->converted = NULL;
+      new_palette->converted_len = 0L;
+
+      /* set the next pointer to NULL*/
+      new_palette->next = NULL;
+
+      if (ParsePaletteInfo(dpy, screen_number, buf, nbytes, new_palette) == -1)
+      {
+        /* palette file is bad */
+         tmpStr = (char *)SRV_MALLOC(strlen(MSG3) + strlen(MSG3a) + strlen(palettePath) +1);
+         tmpStr2 = (char *)SRV_MALLOC(strlen(MSG3)+1);
+         sprintf(tmpStr2,"%s", MSG3); 
+         sprintf(tmpStr,"%s%s%s", tmpStr2, palettePath, MSG3a); 
+         _DtSimpleError(XmSCOLOR_SRV_NAME, DtWarning, NULL, tmpStr, NULL); 
+         SRV_FREE(tmpStr);
+         SRV_FREE(tmpStr2);
+         error_value = 1;
+         unlink(palettePath);
+         SRV_FREE(fullPath);
+         return((struct _palette *) NULL);
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* close the file */
+   close(fd);
+   SRV_FREE(fullPath);
+
+   return(new_palette);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * ParsePaletteInfo - This routine reads from the buffer(buf) the 
+ *      actual data into the new_palette.  It reads in the bg colors
+ *      then uses the XmCalculateColorRGB to generate the ts, bs, and sc 
+ *      colors.  This routine doesn't allocate any pixel numbers but
+ *      does generate the RGB values for each color in a palette.
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static int 
+ParsePaletteInfo(
+        Display *dpy,
+        int screen_num,
+        char *buf,
+        int nbytes,
+        struct _palette *new_palette )
+{
+   char            tmpbuf[BUFSIZE];
+   int             count;
+   int             num_of_colors;
+   int             result;
+   XColor          tmp_color;
+   int             buf_count;
+   static XmColorProc   calcRGB = NULL;
+
+   num_of_colors = new_palette->num_of_colors = 0;
+
+   if(colorSrv.TypeOfMonitor[screen_num] != XmCO_BLACK_WHITE)
+      if((strcmp(new_palette->name, W_O_B)) == 0 || 
+                            (strcmp(new_palette->name, B_O_W)) == 0  ||
+                            (strcmp(new_palette->name, W_ONLY)) == 0 ||
+                            (strcmp(new_palette->name, B_ONLY)) == 0) 
+         return(-1);
+
+   buf_count = 0;
+  /* read in background colors until end of file */
+   while(buf_count < nbytes && buf[buf_count] != '!')
+   {
+      count = 0;
+
+     /* read in a BG color */
+      while(buf[buf_count] != '\012')
+         tmpbuf[count++] = buf[buf_count++];
+      tmpbuf[count++] = '\0';
+      buf_count++;
+
+      /* get the RGB value (XColor) of the background */
+      result = XParseColor(dpy, DefaultColormap(dpy, screen_num),
+                                                  tmpbuf, &tmp_color);
+      /* there was an error */
+      if(result == 0)
+          return(-1);
+
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bg.red = tmp_color.red;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bg.blue = tmp_color.blue;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bg.green = tmp_color.green;
+   
+/*
+** Now lets generate all the colors which go along with this bg i.e. ts,
+** fg, bs, and sc.
+*/
+      if (calcRGB == NULL) calcRGB = XmGetColorCalculation();
+      (*calcRGB)(&tmp_color,
+                                &(new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg),
+                                &(new_palette->color[num_of_colors].sc),
+                                &(new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts),
+                                &(new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs));
+
+      if(colorSrv.TypeOfMonitor[screen_num] == XmCO_BLACK_WHITE)
+          InitializeBW(tmp_color.red, num_of_colors, new_palette);
+
+      else /* Not Black and White */
+      {
+         if(colorSrv.UsePixmaps[screen_num] == TRUE)
+         {
+           /* the values generated by XmCalculateColorRBG are invalid */
+            new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.red = 65535; 
+            new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.blue = 65535;
+            new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.green = 65535;
+
+            new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.red = 0;
+            new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.blue = 0;
+            new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.green = 0;
+         }
+
+         if(colorSrv.FgColor[screen_num] != DYNAMIC)
+	 {
+             if(colorSrv.FgColor[screen_num] == BLACK)
+             {
+                new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.red = 0;
+                new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.blue = 0;
+                new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.green = 0;
+             }
+             else /* colorSrv.FgColor[screen_num] == WHITE */
+             {
+                new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.red = 65535;
+                new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.blue = 65535;
+                new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.green = 65535;
+             }
+	 }
+      } /* else Not Black and White */
+
+      num_of_colors++;
+      new_palette->num_of_colors++;
+    
+      if(colorSrv.TypeOfMonitor[screen_num] == XmCO_BLACK_WHITE)
+         if( new_palette->num_of_colors == 2)
+           break;
+
+      if(colorSrv.TypeOfMonitor[screen_num] == XmCO_LOW_COLOR || 
+	 colorSrv.TypeOfMonitor[screen_num] == XmCO_MEDIUM_COLOR)
+         if( new_palette->num_of_colors == 4)
+           break;
+
+   } /* while */
+   if(colorSrv.TypeOfMonitor[screen_num] == XmCO_LOW_COLOR) 
+   {
+      new_palette->num_of_colors = 2;
+      SwitchAItoPS(new_palette);
+   }
+   return(0);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * InitializeBW - the type of monitor is a black and white, so
+ *      initialize the colors to black and white.  If the color passed
+ *      in is 0 (black) set everything to 65535 (white). Otherwise
+ *      set everything to 0 (black).
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static void 
+InitializeBW(
+        unsigned long color,
+        int num_of_colors,
+        struct _palette *new_palette )
+{
+   if(color == 0L)
+   {
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.red = 65535;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.blue = 65535;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.green = 65535;
+
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.red = 65535;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.blue = 65535;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.green = 65535;
+
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.red = 65535;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.blue = 65535;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.green = 65535;
+
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].sc.red = 0;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].sc.blue = 0;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].sc.green = 0;
+   }
+   else
+   {
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.red = 0;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.blue = 0;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].fg.green = 0;
+
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.red = 0;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.blue = 0;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].ts.green = 0;
+
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.red = 0;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.blue = 0;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].bs.green = 0;
+
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].sc.red = 65535;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].sc.blue = 65535;
+      new_palette->color[num_of_colors].sc.green = 65535;
+   }
+}
+
+void 
+SwitchAItoPS(
+        struct _palette *new_palette )
+{
+   new_palette->color[0].bg.red = new_palette->color[3].bg.red;
+   new_palette->color[0].bg.green = new_palette->color[3].bg.green;
+   new_palette->color[0].bg.blue = new_palette->color[3].bg.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[0].fg.red = new_palette->color[3].fg.red;
+   new_palette->color[0].fg.green = new_palette->color[3].fg.green;
+   new_palette->color[0].fg.blue = new_palette->color[3].fg.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[0].ts.red = new_palette->color[3].ts.red;
+   new_palette->color[0].ts.green = new_palette->color[3].ts.green;
+   new_palette->color[0].ts.blue = new_palette->color[3].ts.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[0].bs.red = new_palette->color[3].bs.red;
+   new_palette->color[0].bs.green = new_palette->color[3].bs.green;
+   new_palette->color[0].bs.blue = new_palette->color[3].bs.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[0].sc.red = new_palette->color[3].sc.red;
+   new_palette->color[0].sc.green = new_palette->color[3].sc.green;
+   new_palette->color[0].sc.blue = new_palette->color[3].sc.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[1].bg.red = new_palette->color[2].bg.red;
+   new_palette->color[1].bg.green = new_palette->color[2].bg.green;
+   new_palette->color[1].bg.blue = new_palette->color[2].bg.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[1].fg.red = new_palette->color[2].fg.red;
+   new_palette->color[1].fg.green = new_palette->color[2].fg.green;
+   new_palette->color[1].fg.blue = new_palette->color[2].fg.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[1].ts.red = new_palette->color[2].ts.red;
+   new_palette->color[1].ts.green = new_palette->color[2].ts.green;
+   new_palette->color[1].ts.blue = new_palette->color[2].ts.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[1].bs.red = new_palette->color[2].bs.red;
+   new_palette->color[1].bs.green = new_palette->color[2].bs.green;
+   new_palette->color[1].bs.blue = new_palette->color[2].bs.blue;
+
+   new_palette->color[1].sc.red = new_palette->color[2].sc.red;
+   new_palette->color[1].sc.green = new_palette->color[2].sc.green;
+   new_palette->color[1].sc.blue = new_palette->color[2].sc.blue;
+
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * SaveDefaultPalette - used to save the palette.dt file to 
+ *         either $HOME/.dt/$DISPLAY/current or $HOME/.dt/$DISPLAY/home.
+ *         The parameter mode determines whether it is home or
+ *         current.  
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+void 
+SaveDefaultPalette(
+        Display *dpy,
+        char *dtPath,
+        int mode )
+{
+}

cde/programs/dtsession/SrvFile_io.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SrvFile_io.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:40:10 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SrvFile_io.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   File I/O for the color server
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _srvfile_h
+#define _srvfile_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+
+
+extern void SwitchAItoPS( 
+                            struct _palette *) ;
+extern struct _palette * GetPaletteDefinition( 
+                            Display *dpy,
+                            int     screen_number,
+                            char    *palette) ;
+
+
+#endif /*_srvfile_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/SrvMain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+static char rcsid[] =
+  "$XConsortium: SrvMain.c /main/4 1995/10/30 09:40:18 rswiston $";
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/*
+ $Log$
+ * Revision 1.10  95/02/24  13:47:53  13:47:53  mcnichol_ibm_austin
+ * 7602 - code needs 4 line CDE partner copyright notices
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.9  94/07/25  15:52:01  15:52:01  mcbill_hp_cv
+ * remove call to DtSetUserMessageHandler (obsolete)
+ *  
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.8  94/05/05  16:13:58  16:13:58  arg_sun
+ * DevEnv_cleanup
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.7  93/08/12  20:25:17  20:25:17  xbuild (See Marc Ayotte)
+ * additional CoeToDt check-in
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.6  93/08/12  20:17:58  20:17:58  xbuild (See Marc Ayotte)
+ * CoeToDt check-in
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.5  93/03/08  14:39:58  14:39:58  xbuild (See Marc Ayotte)
+ * "duplicate rev for sending to ibm"
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.4  93/03/05  11:19:52  11:19:52  ronv (Ronald Voll)
+ * ========= Changed strings: =============
+ * 	vue --> dt 
+ * 	Vue --> Dt 
+ * 	VuE --> CoE 
+ * 	VUE --> DT 
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.3  93/01/28  15:47:47  15:47:47  xbuild (See Marc Ayotte)
+ * XmpToDt check-in
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.2  93/01/27  19:50:39  19:50:39  xbuild (See Marc Ayotte)
+ * XueToDt check-in
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  93/01/12  10:42:51  10:42:51  xbuild (See Marc Ayotte)
+ * Initial revision
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  93/01/07  16:40:10  16:40:10  xbuild (See Marc Ayotte)
+ * Initial revision
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  91/10/31  16:26:30  16:26:30  keith (Keith Taylor)
+ * Initial revision
+ * 
+ * Revision 3.3  91/05/22  14:02:22  14:02:22  julie (Julie Skeen)
+ * protos and domain fixes
+ * 
+ * Revision 3.2  90/09/24  17:20:33  17:20:33  fredh (Fred Handloser)
+ * change to static message catalogs
+ * 
+ * Revision 3.1  90/07/27  11:37:34  11:37:34  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * added the new parameter for InitializeCoecolor
+ * 
+ * Revision 3.0  90/07/10  12:08:42  12:08:42  kimd (Kim Drongesen)
+ * first release after strider/tw
+ * useAsyncGeometry and font changes for topcat added
+ * 
+ * Revision 2.6  90/04/26  14:00:03  14:00:03  ted
+ * bullet proofing
+ * 
+ * Revision 2.5  90/03/29  08:08:46  08:08:46  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * now calls InitializeCoecolor .. does CheckMonitor, InitializePalettes, and
+ * AllocateColors
+ * 
+ * Revision 2.4  90/03/26  14:34:45  14:34:45  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * registered error message handler .. registered XeProgName
+ * 
+ * Revision 2.3  90/03/14  17:23:40  17:23:40  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * no change
+ * 
+ * Revision 2.2  90/03/14  11:25:43  11:25:43  jenny (Jennefer Wood)
+ * added appContext to XtOpenDisplay and XtAppMainLoop
+ * 
+ * Revision 2.1  90/03/13  09:04:30  09:04:30  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * added support for Selections .. use -DSELECTION
+ * 
+ * Revision 2.0  90/03/12  09:17:25  09:17:25  jenny (Jennefer Wood)
+ * NCGA
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.5  90/02/28  11:27:02  11:27:02  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * updated to support multiple screens
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.4  90/02/26  17:25:02  17:25:02  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * no changes ... sorry
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.3  90/02/21  13:41:08  13:41:08  root ()
+ * added malloc_check and malloc_trace under ifdef for USERHELP
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.2  90/02/12  16:04:09  16:04:09  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * changed c_server.h Srv.h
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  90/02/12  15:20:45  15:20:45  ted (Ted Ransom)
+ * Initial revision
+ * 
+*/
+#include "Srv.h"
+#include "Sm.h"
+
+void 
+main(
+        int argc,
+        char **argv )
+{
+    Display *display;
+    int result;
+
+#ifdef USERHELP
+    malloc_check(1);
+    malloc_trace(0);
+#endif
+    XtAppContext app;
+
+    /* Initialize the toolkit and open the display */
+    XtToolkitInitialize();
+
+    app = XtCreateApplicationContext();
+
+    display = XtOpenDisplay(app, NULL, argv[0], "Customize", NULL, 0,
+                                         &argc, argv);
+
+    /* Go register the DT error handler */
+    XeProgName = argv[0];
+
+    result = InitializeDtcolor(display, DEFAULT_SESSION);
+
+    if(result != 0)
+      exit(0);
+
+    XtAppMainLoop(app);
+}
+

cde/programs/dtsession/SrvPalette.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* $XConsortium: SrvPalette.h /main/4 1995/10/30 09:40:38 rswiston $ */
+/*                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ */
+/************************************<+>*************************************
+ ****************************************************************************
+ **
+ **   File:        SrvPalette.h
+ **
+ **   Project:     HP DT
+ **
+ **   Description
+ **   -----------
+ **   Variables and declarations needed for
+ **   Session Restoration for the session manager
+ **
+ **
+ **  (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1990.  
+ **
+ **
+ **
+ ****************************************************************************
+ ************************************<+>*************************************/
+#ifndef _srvpalette_h
+#define _srvpalette_h
+ 
+/* 
+ *  #include statements 
+ */
+
+
+/* 
+ *  #define statements 
+ */
+
+/* 
+ * typedef statements 
+ */
+/*
+ *  External variables  
+ */
+
+
+/*  
+ *  External Interface  
+ */
+
+
+extern int InitializeDtcolor( Display *, short ) ;
+extern int CheckMonitor( Display *) ;
+
+
+#endif /*_srvpalette_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS #endif */

cde/programs/dtsession/convertVS.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# *                                                                      *
+# * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+# * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+# * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+# * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+# *
+#######################################################################
+#
+#     convertVS.sh
+#
+#     The shell-script which converts a DT 2.0 dt.session file
+#     to a DT 3.0 dt.session file.  This file is intended to 
+#     only be executed by dtsession.
+#
+#     Hewlett-Packard Visual User Environment
+#
+#     Copyright (c) 1991, 1992 Hewlett-Packard Company
+#
+#     @(#) $XConsortium: convertVS.sh /main/3 1995/10/30 09:40:46 rswiston $
+#
+######################################################################
+# Usage: convertVS.sh  <session_file>
+
+if [ $# -eq 1 ]
+then
+    if [  -r $1  ]
+    then
+
+#       ----   get the local clients
+
+	grep -v host $1 >$1T1
+
+
+#       ----  get the remote clients ----
+
+	grep    host $1 >$1T2
+
+
+#       ----  change /usr/bin/X11/<client> to /usr/dt/bin/<client> ----
+#             for local clients  $1T1                                   ----
+
+        sed 's/\/usr\/bin\/X11\/hpterm/\/usr\/dt\/bin\/hpterm/g
+             s/\/usr\/bin\/X11\/xload/\/usr\/dt\/bin\/xload/g'  $1T1  > $1T3
+
+
+#       ----  preserve old dt.session file ----
+
+        cp $1 $1.20
+
+
+#       ----  put local clients first in file ----
+
+	cat $1T3 $1T2 >$1TMP
+
+
+#       ----  remove the temporary files ----
+
+	rm -f $1T1 $1T2 $1T3
+
+
+#       ----  make this our new dt.session ----
+
+        mv -f $1TMP $1
+
+
+        exit 0
+    else
+        exit 1
+    fi
+else
+    exit 1
+fi

cde/programs/dtsession/dtloadresources.src

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+XCOMM!/bin/ksh
+
+XCOMM $XConsortium: dtloadresources.src /main/6 1996/04/23 18:51:41 drk $
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Hewlett-Packard Company.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 International Business Machines Corp.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Novell, Inc. 
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+
+#define HASH #
+
+XCOMM ##########################################################################
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM #  File:              dtsession_res
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM #  Default Location:  /usr/dt/bin/dtsession_res
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM #  Purpose:           Load the RESOURCE_MANAGER with desktop resources
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM #  Description:       This script is invoked to load or reload the 
+XCOMM #                     RESOURCE_MANAGER from the desktop resource files.
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM #  Invoked by:        The desktop Session Manager at session startup, 
+XCOMM #                     or user by means of 'dtaction LoadResources'.
+XCOMM #                     This script should not be invoked directly.
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM #  Product:           @(#)Common Desktop Environment 1.0
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM #                     (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company
+XCOMM #                     (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business
+XCOMM #                         Machines Corp.
+XCOMM #                     (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+XCOMM #                     (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Unix System Labs, Inc., 
+XCOMM #                         a subsidiary of Novell, Inc.
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM #  Note:              Please do not modify this file.
+XCOMM #                     Later product updates will overwrite this file.
+XCOMM #
+XCOMM ##########################################################################
+
+Msg()
+{
+  HASH
+  HASH $1 - message catalog number
+  HASH $2 - fallback message text
+  HASH
+  echo "$2"
+  HASH dspmsg dtsession_res.cat -s 1 $1 "$2"
+}
+
+Usage()
+{
+  HASH
+  HASH $1 - message catalog number 
+  HASH
+  Msg 1 "dtsession_res -load|-merge [-system] [-xdefaults] [-file <name>]"
+  case $1 in
+    needArgs) Msg 2 "Option -load or -merge must be specified";;
+    xrdbOptDone) Msg 3 "Option -load or -merge already specified";;
+    needFile) Msg 4 "Missing <filename> after -file option";;
+    unknownArg) Msg 5 "Unknown option specified";;
+    HASH needOption);;		# this is the Usage statement above
+  esac
+  exit 1
+}
+
+
+XCOMM
+XCOMM Parse options
+XCOMM
+if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
+  Usage needArgs
+fi
+
+#ifdef sun
+rOWsystem=$OPENWINHOME/lib/Xdefaults
+rOWdefaults=$HOME/.OWdefaults
+#endif
+
+rFactory=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/$LANG/sys.resources
+rFactoryC=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/C/sys.resources
+
+rCustom=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP/config/$LANG/sys.resources
+
+rXdefaults=$HOME/.Xdefaults
+
+xrdbOption=""
+resourceFiles=""
+
+while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+  case $1 in 
+    -load|-merge)
+      HASH
+      HASH xrdb option specified
+      HASH
+      if [ ! -z "$xrdbOption" ]; then
+        Usage xrdbOptDone
+      fi
+      xrdbOption=$1
+      ;;
+    -system)
+      HASH
+      HASH locate system resources
+      HASH
+#ifdef sun
+      if [ -r "$rOWsystem" ]; then
+        resourceFiles="$resourceFiles $rOWsystem"
+      fi
+#endif
+      if [ -r "$rFactory" ]; then
+        resourceFiles="$resourceFiles $rFactory"
+      elif [ -r "$rFactoryC" ]; then
+        resourceFiles="$resourceFiles $rFactoryC"
+      fi
+      HASH
+      HASH Locate customized system resources
+      HASH
+      if [ -r "$rCustom" ]; then
+        resourceFiles="$resourceFiles $rCustom"
+      fi
+      ;;
+    -xdefaults)
+      HASH
+      HASH Locate .Xdefaults
+      HASH
+      if [ -r "$rXdefaults" ]; then
+        resourceFiles="$resourceFiles $rXdefaults"
+      fi
+#ifdef sun
+      if [ -r "$rOWdefaults" ]; then
+        resourceFiles="$resourceFiles $rOWdefaults"
+      fi
+#endif
+      ;;
+    -file)
+      HASH
+      HASH Locate specified file
+      HASH
+      shift
+      if [ -z "$1" ]; then
+        Usage needFile
+      fi
+      if [ -r "$1" ]; then
+        resourceFiles="$resourceFiles $1"
+      fi
+      ;;
+    *) Usage unknownArg;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if [ -z "$xrdbOption" ]; then
+  Usage needOption
+fi
+
+XCOMM converts ":0" to "0", but leaves "pablo:0" as is
+display=${DISPLAY##:}
+
+XCOMM converts "blanco.flexicat.com:0.0" to "blanco_flexicat_com_0"
+display=$(echo ${display%.*} | /usr/bin/tr ".:" "__") 
+
+(
+  echo "dtsession_res*files: $resourceFiles"
+  if [ ! -z "$resourceFiles" ]; then
+    cat $resourceFiles
+  fi
+) | XBINDIR/xrdb -quiet $xrdbOption -DDISPLAY_$display

cde/programs/dtsession/dtsession.man

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+.\" $XConsortium: dtsession.man /main/2 1995/07/17 10:51:34 drk $
+.\" *                                                                      *
+.\" * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+.\" * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+.\" * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+.\" * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+.\" *
+.TH DTSESSION 1X
+.ds ]W HP DT 3.0
+.SH NAME
+\fBdtsession \(em The HP DT Session Manager.\fP
+.sp 1
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dtsession
+[options]
+.sp 1
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fIDtsession\fP provides session management functionality during an HP DT
+session, the time from login to logout.  It allows for saving a session, 
+restoring a session, locking a session, and allocating colors for HP DT 
+compatible clients.
+.P
+When a session is saved, client information, server settings, and
+resources are retained.  Client information consists of
+all clients currently active in the session.  Server settings consist of
+settings (such as the beeper or keyboard) that are modified by a call to
+the server.  Resources consist of all resources currently stored on the
+\fBRESOURCE_MANAGER\fP property on the root window of the default screen.
+.P
+The session is locked by pressing the "lock" button on the workspace manager
+(front panel).
+When the display is locked, no further input is accepted until a correct
+password is entered.  Correct passwords include the user who locked the
+display, the root password for the system, and any users specified in
+the \fBkeys\fP resource.
+.P
+Color allocation provides each client with a set of colors which are used
+in creating visual components.  These colors can then be dynamically
+changed by using the HP DT Style Manager (\fIdtstyle(1X)\fP).
+.P
+\fIDtsession\fP is automatically invoked by the HP DT Login Manager
+(\fIdtlogin(1X)\fP).  If the
+HP DT Login Manager is not currently being used, \fIdtsession\fP can
+be invoked by putting the following command in an .xsession or .x11start
+file:
+.P
+/usr/dt/bin/dtsession -norestore
+.P
+WARNING:  This command must be the first X11 client in the file (other
+than xrdb).  It must be run in the foreground.  When using this command,
+no save and restore functionality is available.  Any calls that start
+up window managers must be removed from the startup file.  The default
+window manager can only be changed by setting the \fBwmStartupCommand\fP 
+resource.
+.sp 1
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP 8
+.BI \-norestore
+This option allows users to use \fIdtsession\fP in a limited way.  The
+advantage of using this option is that \fIdtsession\fP can be started
+directly from an .x11start or .xsession script.  See use and warning above.
+.SH CUSTOMIZATION
+\fIDtsession's\fP behavior can be customized through the use of the HP DT 
+Style Manager's startup dialog.  The following is the behavior that can be
+customized.
+.sp 1
+.TS
+center;
+cB s
+lB lB
+l l.
+HP DT Session Manager Customization Options
+Name	Default
+Display Logout Confirmation	On
+Set Home Session	N/A
+Startup Behavior	Resume Current Session
+.TE
+.sp 1
+.TP 8
+.BR "Display Logout Confirmation"
+"Display Logout Confirmation" allows you to toggle the appearance of the logout
+confirmation box that appears after you click on the logout button
+located in the workspace manager, or choose the "Log out..." option available in
+the \fIdtwm\fP root menu.  Setting the button displays the logout dialog.
+Clearing the button causes immediate exit with no
+confirmation.  The default behavior is that the logout confirmation
+dialog will be displayed.
+.TP 8
+.BR "Set Home Session"
+The "Set Home Session" button allows you to save a home session for use
+later.  The home session is a "snapshot" session that you can return to
+by changing logout options.
+.TP 8
+.BR "Startup Behavior"
+The startup behavior allows you to specify which state the HP DT Session
+Manager will restore upon startup (login).  The default is that it
+automatically restarts the state you were in at logout (Resume Current
+Session).  The other
+states available are "Return to Home Session" and "Ask Me at Logout."  "Return
+to Home Session" returns you to the last saved home session at next
+startup.  "Ask Me at Logout" allows you to choose which behavior you would
+prefer at logout time.  If "Return to Home Session" is chosen, a home
+session has to have been previously saved.  Otherwise the default system
+session will appear at next login.  Note that "Ask Me at Logout" cannot be
+active while "Display Logout Confirmation" is turned off.
+.SH RESOURCES
+\fIDtsession\fP uses the following resources.
+.sp 1
+.TS
+center;
+cB sss
+lB lB lB lB
+l l l l.
+HP DT Session Manager Resource Set
+Name	Class	Type	Default
+_
+alarmTime	AlarmTime	unsigned int	10
+colorUse	ColorUse	int	dynamic*
+coverScreen	CoverScreen	Boolean	False
+dynamicColor	DynamicColor	Boolean	True
+foregroundColor	ForegroundColor	int	dynamic*
+lockOnTimeout	LockOnTimeout	Boolean	False
+keys	Keys	unsigned char	NULL
+queryServerSettings	QueryServerSettings	Boolean	False
+shadowPixmaps	ShadowPixmaps	int	dynamic*
+wmStartupCommand	WmStartupCommand	executable path	NULL
+writeXrdbColors	writeXrdbColors	Boolean	True
+.TE
+.ps 7
+\h'30p'*The display type determines default.
+.ps
+.sp 1
+.IP "\fBalarmTime\fP"
+This resource specifies (in seconds) the amount of time before the lock
+dialog is removed from the screen.  When the display is locked, the
+pointer shows a lock cursor, and a dialog appears which asks for the
+user password.  If no activity from the pointer or keyboard is detected
+for \fBalarmTime\fP seconds, the dialog is removed from the screen.  The lock
+dialog is redisplayed as soon as a pointer or keyboard event is
+detected.  An
+\fBalarmTime\fP of 0 leaves the lock dialog in place for the entire time the
+display is locked.  The default value is 10 seconds.
+.IP "\fBcolorUse\fP"
+This resource specifies the number of colors to use for the user interface.
+Valid types are:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 3
+\fBB_W\fP \(em  Specifies a black and white system.  
+The color palettes will use two color cells for the user interface.
+In this configuration only two color palettes are available:
+BlackWhite and WhiteBlack.
+These palettes cannot dynamically change.  To change a palette,
+all applications using that color palette must be restarted.
+This resource value forces \fBShadowPixmaps\fP to True, and 
+\fBForegroundColor\fP to either black or white depending on the palette chosen.
+.IP \(bu 3
+\fBLOW_COLOR\fP \(em Specifies a low color system.  
+The color palettes will have two color sets and use a maximum of 12 color 
+cells for the user interface, including black and white (color cells 0 and 1).
+The number of color cells can be reduced by using the resources 
+\fBShadowPixmaps\fP and \fBForegroundColor\fP.
+.IP \(bu 3
+\fBMEDIUM_COLOR\fP \(em Specifies a medium color system.  
+The color palettes will have 4 color sets and use a maximum of 22 color cells
+for the user interface, including black and white (color cells 0 and 1).
+The number of color cells can be reduced by using the resources 
+\fBShadowPixmaps\fP and \fBForegroundColor\fP.
+.IP \(bu 3
+\fBHIGH_COLOR\fP \(em Specifies a high color system.  
+The color palettes will have 8 color sets and use a maximum of 42 color cells
+for the user interface, including black and white (color cells 0 and 1).
+The number of color cells can be reduced by using the resources 
+\fBShadowPixmaps\fP
+and \fBForegroundColor\fP.
+The default value for this resource will be determined by querying
+the X server for the number of color cells on the system.
+.RE
+.sp 1
+.TS
+center;
+cb  cb
+l | l.
+planes	ColorUse
+_
+2-3	B_W
+4	LOW_COLOR
+6	MEDIUM_COLOR
+8+	HIGH_COLOR
+.TE
+.sp 1
+.IP "\fBcoverScreen\fP"
+This resource specifies whether or not the screens of the display will
+be covered when the display is locked.  The default value is True,
+which means that the screens will be covered.
+
+.IP "\fBdynamicColor\fP"
+This resource can have values of True or False.  \fBdynamicColor\fP is
+used to reduce the number of color cells being used.  Once a palette has 
+been selected and it is not likely to be changed,  \fBdynamicColor\fP can 
+be set to False. 
+If set to False colors cannot be dynamically changed using the DT
+style manager. A selected
+palette will take effect the next session.
+The next time the session comes up, the color server uses Read Only
+color cells that can be shared by all clients, thus reducing
+the number of color cells used.
+
+.IP "\fBforegroundColor\fP" 
+This resource can have values of White, Black or Dynamic.
+\fBForegroundColor\fP causes all text (foreground) to use either pixel 0 
+or 1 (Black
+or White) or to have a color cell dedicated to foreground and changes in
+response to the background color (Dynamic) for each ColorSet.
+If set to White or Black, the number of color cells used per ColorSet is
+reduced by 1.
+.IP "\fBkeys\ \ \ \ \      \fP"
+This resource is a list of "keyholders" who have the ability to unlock
+the screen any time it is locked by the user.  The list is a list of user
+id's separated by commas.  For example if user kim has the following
+resource active during a session:
+.sp 1
+\fBDtsession*keys: fred,keith\fP
+.sp 1
+Users fred and keith have the ability to unlock the display when kim
+locks it.
+.IP "\fBlockOnTimeout\fP"
+This resource specifies whether or not dtsession will lock the screen
+when there has been a period of time without pointer or keyboard activity.
+The default value is False,
+which means that the screen will not be locked automatically.  This 
+resource only applies when using a server that has the ability to 
+notify dtsession when the period of inactivity has occurred.
+.IP "\fBqueryServerSettings\fP"
+This resource specifies whether \fIdtsession\fP queries the server at
+logout for all its settings or saves only those settings set by using
+the HP DT Style Manager.  Querying the server ensures that all settings are
+saved; however, there is a degradation in performance when a full query
+is done.  The default value is False, which means that the server
+will not be queried.
+.IP "\fBshadowPixmaps\fP"
+For color systems, this resource can have a value of True or False.
+If True, \fBtopShadowColor\fP and \fBbottomShadowColor\fP use the same
+pixel as background and \fBtopShadowPixmap\fP and 
+\fBbottomShadowPixmap\fP are specified
+instead of solid color to create the 3D look.
+This reduces the number of color cells per ColorSet by 2.
+\fBShadowPixmaps\fP defaults to True for systems with 4 or less color planes
+(16 or less color cells),
+and False for systems with more than 4 color planes.
+.IP "\fBwmStartupCommand\fP"
+This resource allows for an alternate window manager to be started at
+login.  If this resource is NULL, dtsession starts /usr/dt/bin/dtwm.  An 
+alternate startup might look like:
+.sp 1
+\fBDtsession*wmStartupCommand: /usr/bin/X11/mwm\fP
+.sp 1
+Note that the command should not have any commands to a shell in it, and
+that it should not be surrounded by quotes.  Also, if any
+other window manager other than \fIdtwm\fP is used, clients will be restored,
+but may not be restored to the correct position.  By default, this resource
+contains a NULL value.
+.IP "\fBwriteXrdbColors\fP"
+This resource should only be used if you are running non HP Motif 1.1 clients
+that have color schemes that conflict with HP DT colors.  This has no
+impact on clients linked with the Motif 1.1 library.  This resource
+specifies whether color resource information should be written out.
+If set to False, \fBbackground\fP and \fBforeground\fP resources will not
+be written out with the values of the current palette.  This means that
+non HP Motif 1.1 clients will not get HP DT colors when they are started.
+The default value is True.
+.sp 1
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992 Hewlett-Packard Company.
+.br
+(c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company
+.br
+(c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
+.br
+(c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+.br
+(c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.
+.sp 1 
+.SH ORIGIN
+Hewlett-Packard Comany UTD-CV.
+.br
+International Business Machines Corp.
+.br
+Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+.br
+Novell, Inc.
+.sp 1
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\fBX(1)\fP, \fBdtstyle(1X)\fP, \fBdtwm(1X)\fP, \fBdtlogin(1X)\fP.

cde/programs/dtsession/dtsession.msg.src

@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
+$ "$TOG: dtsession.msg.src /main/25 1999/09/20 13:47:55 mgreess $";
+$ *                                                                      *
+$ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+$ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+$ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+$ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+$ *
+
+$ *************************************<+>*************************************
+$ *****************************************************************************
+$ **
+$ **  File:        dtsession.msg
+$ **
+$ **  Project:     HP DT  Session Manager (dtsession)
+$ **
+$ **  Description:
+$ **  -----------
+$ **  This file is the source for the message catalog for dtsession
+$ **
+$ **
+$ *****************************************************************************
+$ **
+$ **     (c) Copyright 1990 Hewlett-Packard Company
+$ **     All Rights reserved
+$ **
+$ **
+$ *****************************************************************************
+$ *************************************<L>*************************************
+$ **  -----------------GENERAL LOCALIZATION NOTES SECTION---------------------
+$ * Comment lines begin with a $ except $set which indicates the start of a 
+$ * new set.
+$ *
+$ * Do not delete any comments; you may add comments for your use.
+$ *
+$ * Do not localize sets 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16.
+$ * Do not localize sets 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 99.  
+$ * They only appear in the errorlog.
+$ *
+$ * DO localize sets 18 and 29. 
+$ **  ----------------GENERAL LOCALIZATION NOTES SECTION END------------------
+$ *************************************<L>*************************************
+
+$set 2
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmMain.c --
+$ These are errorlog messages
+$ DO NOT TRANSLATE THIS SET.
+
+2 Another dtsession is currently running - exiting.
+3 Screen lock when the screen saver is turned on is not available on this server.  Your screen will not be locked when the screen saver is turned on. 
+
+$set 4
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmGlobals.c --
+$ This entire set is for the errorlog.
+$ DO NOT TRANSLATE THIS SET.
+
+1 Invalid display name - exiting.
+2 No defaults files exist.  No applications will be restarted.
+3 No defaults files exist.  No applications will be restarted.
+4 Unable to remove session directory.  Make sure write permissions exist \
+on $HOME/.dt directory.  Invalid session files will not be removed.
+5 Unable to malloc memory for operation.
+6 Unable to lock display.  Another application may have the pointer or \
+keyboard grabbed.
+7 Unable to open session file.  No clients will be restarted.
+8 Unable to fork client process.
+9 Unable to create DT directories.  Check permissions on home directory.
+10 Unable to lock display due to security restrictions.
+11 Unable to create the temporary file: %s. \
+Make sure write permissions exist for this file. \
+Exiting from Session Manager.
+$ This message is added to the error log if a required temporary
+$ file can not be created by the session manager.
+$ The insert is the name of the temporary file.
+
+$set 6
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmMsgSrv.c --
+$ This entire set is for the errorlog.
+$ DO NOT TRANSLATE THIS SET.
+
+1 "Could not connect to ToolTalk message server:\n%sExiting ...\n"
+2 The DT message server has exited.
+
+
+$set 8
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmError.c --
+$ This entire set is for the errorlog.
+$ DO NOT TRANSLATE THIS SET.
+
+1 Connection to server lost - exiting.
+
+
+$set 10
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmProperty.c --
+
+
+$set 12
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmProtocol.c --
+
+
+$set 14
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmSave.c --
+
+
+$set 16
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmRestore.c --
+$ This entire set is for the errorlog.
+$ DO NOT TRANSLATE THIS SET.
+
+1 Unable to exec process /usr/bin/X11/xrdb.  No session resources will be \
+restored.
+2 Invalid client settings file.  No settings restored.
+3 Unable to exec %s.
+4 Unable to exec process CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtwm.  No window manager will be started.
+5 You have reached the maximum allowed number of remote clients.  No further remote clients will be restored.
+6 Invalid display/language independent resource file.  No display/language independent resources will be restored.
+7 The wmStartupCommand resource is set to:\n\n\
+      %s\n\n\
+This file does not exist or is not executable.\n\
+CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtwm will be started instead.\n
+8 An attempt to restore the following\n\
+command (using the DT remote execution process)\n\
+on host "%s" failed:\n\n\
+      %s\n\n\
+The following execution string will be tried:\n\n\
+   %s\n\n
+9 The following window manager did not start:\n\n\
+      %s\n\n\
+This message indicates you tried to start a\n\
+window manager that is built into an X terminal.\n\
+This will only work with X terminals that support this protocol.\n\
+CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtwm will be started instead.\n
+
+
+$set 18
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmUI.c -- 
+$ LOCALIZE Set 18
+$ Deleted Messages:  13, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28,
+$						29, 30, 31, 32, 33
+
+$ Message 1 tells the user who currently has the display locked.
+1 Display locked by user %s.
+
+$ Message 2 tells the user to enter the password for the above user to unlock
+$ the display.
+2 Enter password to unlock.
+
+$ Message 3 is a prompt for the user to enter a password.
+3 Password: 
+
+$ Message 4 is the logout message that appears when dtsession is going
+$ to save the Current session information. 
+$ Access this message by pressing the logout button.
+$ 4 Exiting the desktop session...\n\n\
+$ Application updates you have not saved may be lost.\n\n\
+$ Your Current session will be saved and returned to \n\
+$ upon your next login.  For more detail, select Help.\n\n\
+$ Items in the Trash Can will be permanently shredded.\n\n\
+$ Continue Logout?
+$ 4 NEW-
+4 Exiting the desktop session...\n\n\
+Your Current session will be restored upon login.\n\n\
+Application updates you have not saved will be lost.\n\n\
+Continue Logout?
+
+$ Message 5,6 is the logout message that appears when dtsession is not going
+$ to save the Current session information - but return to the Home session info
+$ 5 Exiting the desktop session...\n\n\
+$ Application updates you have not saved may be lost.\n\n\
+$ Your Home session will be restored upon login.  Your current\n\
+$ session will not be saved.  For more detail, select Help.\n\n\
+$ Items in the Trash Can will be permanently shredded.\n\n\
+$ Continue Logout?
+$ 5 NEW-
+5 Exiting the desktop session...\n\n\
+Your Home session will be restored upon login.\n\
+Your Current session will not be saved.\n\n\
+Application updates you have not saved will be lost.\n\n\
+Continue Logout?
+
+$ Message 6 is the title of the logout dialog box.
+6 Logout Confirmation
+
+$ Messages 7,8,9,10 have been obsoleted.
+$ Do NOT translate messages 7, 8, 9 and 10
+$ the user has requested to have the choice
+$ to either save the Current session or return to the Home session.
+$ 7 OBS- Exiting the desktop session...\n\n\
+$ Application updates you have not saved may be lost.\n\n\
+$ You can either save your Current session and return to it upon login,\n\
+$ or return to your Home session upon login.  For more detail, select Help.\n\n\
+$ Items in the Trash Can will be permanently shredded.\n\n\
+$ Continue Logout?
+$ 8 OBS- OK\nSave Current
+$ 9 OBS- OK\nReturn Home
+$ Message 10 is the title of the logout dialog box.
+$ 10 OBS- Logout Confirmation
+
+$ Message 11,12 are part of the error dialog that appears when the DT
+$ messaging system dies.
+$ These messages are generated when you kill the Message
+$ Server, which is /usr/dt/bin/ttsession.
+$ Message 11 is obsolete.  Message 38 replaces message 11
+
+$ 11 DT Messaging System Inoperative\n\n\
+$ To restart:\n\n\
+$ 1) Save all open data files.\n\
+$ 2) Press the reset key sequence to return to the login screen.\n\
+$ 3) Log in again.\n\n\
+$ Note: The Current session will not be saved.\n\n\
+$ When you are ready to begin the restart process, click [OK] and\n\
+$ proceed to save your files.
+
+12 Message Failure
+
+$ Messages 15, 16, 17 are used for identical purpose as messages 1, 2,3
+$ in this set.
+15 Display locked by user %s.
+16 Enter password to unlock.
+17 Password: 
+
+$ Message 34, 35 are messages that appear when the user started up in 
+$ compatibility mode, and tries to log out.  You can only exit out of 
+$ compatibility mode by using the reset key sequence.
+$ To generate this message, start in x11 (not DT) and then run dtsession.
+$ Refer to the dtsession manpage.  Then try to log out.
+34 This session was started from an X Window System startup script.\n\n\
+No session information will be saved.\n\nUse the reset key sequence to log out.
+35 Logout Message
+
+$ Messages 36,37 are part of the error dialog that appears when dtsession is
+$ unable to start the DT messaging system, and therefore not able to bring
+$ up the system at all.
+$ To generate this, move the message server from
+$ /usr/softbench/bin/softmsgsrv to some other directory, then start Dt.
+$ 36 The DT messaging system could not be started.\n\n\
+$ To correct the problem:\n\n\
+$ 1.  Choose [OK] to return to the login screen.\n\n\
+$ 2.  Select Failsafe Session from the login screen's option\n\
+$      menu and log in.\n\n\
+$ 3.  Check to see that the hostname is correct in these locations:\n\
+$      /etc/src.sh\n\
+$      /etc/hosts\n\
+$      /usr/adm/inetd.sec\n\n\
+$ For additional information, see the DT User's Guide.
+$ 36 NEW-
+36 The desktop messaging system could not be started.\n\n\
+To correct the problem:\n\n\
+1.  Choose [OK] to return to the login screen.\n\n\
+2.  Select Failsafe Session from the login screen's option\n\
+         menu and log in.\n\n\
+3.  Check to see that the desktop is properly installed,\n\
+         the hostname is correct (/etc/hosts) and that the\n\
+         network is properly configured.\n\n\
+For additional information, see the CDE User's Guide.
+
+37 Action Required
+
+$ Message 38 is part of the error dialog that appears when the DT
+$ messaging system dies.
+$ This messages are generated when you kill the Message
+$ Server), which is /usr/dt/bin/ttsession.
+38 Messaging System Inoperative\n\n\
+To restart:\n\n\
+1) Save all open data files.\n\
+2) Logout.\n\
+3) Log in again.\n\n\
+Note: The Current session will not be saved.\n\n\
+When you are ready to begin the restart process, click [OK] and\n\
+proceed to save your files.
+
+$
+$ Messages 39-41 are displayed on the logout and/or session selection
+$  confirmation dialogs.  These message are for dialog buttons
+$
+39 OK
+40 Cancel
+41 Help
+
+$
+$ Messages 50-53 are for the display-specific session confirmation dialog
+$
+50 Home
+51 Current
+$
+$ The first '%s' in message 52 will be replace with message 50 or 51.
+$ The second '%'s in message 52 will be replace with the value of
+$ $DISPLAY (e.g. hostname:0).
+52 A display-specific '%s' session was selected\n\
+for display '%s' but one does not exist.\n\n\
+If you continue, a new display-specific session will\n\
+be created.
+53 Warning
+
+$
+$ Message 55-56 are for the Session Save error dialog
+$   55 is the dialog title
+$   56 is the message in the dialog - do NOT localize 'save_state'
+$
+55 Save Session Failure
+56 The session cannot be saved because the required\n\
+'save_type' parameter was not in the message.\n\n\
+The session will not be saved.
+
+$
+$ Messages 70-71 refer to the name of the System Administration manual
+$
+70 See the following for more information:
+71 CDE Advanced Users and System's Administration Guide
+
+$
+$ Message 75 is used during logout if the user started a Current
+$   session but used the Style Manager to return to a Home session.
+$
+75 Exiting the desktop session...\n\n\
+Your Current session will be saved but your Home\n\
+session will be restored upon login.\n\n\
+Application updates you have not saved will be lost.\n\n\
+Continue Logout?
+
+$
+$ Message 76 is used at the same time message 36 is used except that
+$   message 76 is for Digital/OSF only and is slightly different than
+$   message 36.
+$
+76 The DT messaging system could not be started.\n\n\
+To correct the problem:\n\n\
+1.  Choose [OK] to return to the login screen.\n\n\
+2.  Select Failsafe Session from the login screen's option\n\
+         menu and log in.\n\n\
+3.  Check to see that your hostname exists correctly in /etc/hosts if your\n\
+     network has already been configured.\n\
+4.  If your network has not yet been configured, make sure that /etc/hosts\n\
+     has the following entry in it:\n\
+     127.0.0.1 localhost \n\n\
+For additional information, see the CDE User's Guide.
+
+$ Message 99 is displayed when a user logs in for the first time
+ 
+99 The new file '.dtprofile' has been added to your home directory.\n\
+\n\
+Follow the instructions in this file to ensure that when you log in \n\
+again your '.login' or '.profile' file will be activated and \n\
+that it will interact correctly with CDE. \n\
+\n\
+For additional information, see the CDE Advanced User's and System \n\
+Administrator's Guide.
+
+$set 20
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmWindow.c --
+$ This entire set is for the errorlog.
+$ DO NOT TRANSLATE THIS SET.
+
+1 Client message failed.  Client information will not be saved.
+2 Invalid root window.  Can not save client information.
+3 Session restoration information not updated for client .  Invalid \
+information may be saved.
+4 Session restoration information not updated for client %s.  Invalid \
+information may be saved.
+
+
+$set 22
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmLock.c --
+
+
+$set 24
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- version.c --
+
+
+$set 26
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SrvPalette.c --
+$ This entire set is for the errorlog.
+$ DO NOT TRANSLATE THIS SET.
+
+1 Color Server Warning: couldn't get ownership of the selection:
+2 Color Server Warning, losing ownership of the selection:
+3 Should never lose the selection.
+4 Warning, found more pixels then are available.
+5 Warning, can't allocate enough pixels.
+
+
+$set 28
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SrvFile_io.c --
+$ This entire set is for the errorlog.
+$ DO NOT TRANSLATE THIS SET.
+$ Messages 1,2,6,7,8,9 are obsolete
+
+$ 1 Color Server Warning, the size of file '
+$ 2 ' is invalid\nremoving file and trying again.
+$ 6 Color Server FatalError, could not make directory
+$ 7 Color Server FatalError: couldn't open or create
+$ 8 Color Server FatalError, couldn't open file
+$ 9 Color Server FatalError, couldn't open system file
+
+3 Color Server Warning, the size of file is invalid:
+4 Color Server Warning, invalid information in '
+5 ' removing file and starting again.\n
+10 Color Server FatalError, not enough memory to create the structure for \
+a palette.\n
+11 Warning: Color Server system default file is corrupt\n
+12 Color Server Warning, could not read file %s\n
+
+
+$set 29
+$    THIS COMMENT FOR DTSESSION TEAM ONLY -- SmHelp.c -- 
+$ LOCALIZE Set 29
+1 Session Manager Help
+
+
+$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
+$
+$ Set 40 is for messages related to the X11R6 Session Management Protocol
+$ 
+$   o Do NOT localize the string '%s' in any of the messages in this set.
+$
+$set 40
+$ Messages 1-7 are used when a session cannot be started.
+$ Message 1 - this message will preface messages 2-7
+1 A session cannot be started because of the\n\
+following error:
+2 SmsInitialize failed.
+3 IceListenForConnections failed.
+
+$
+$ Do not remove the whitespace at the beginning of lines 2 and 3
+$   for message number 4
+$
+4 The authentication file ~/.ICEauthority could not be created.\n\
+   If the files ~/.ICEauthority-c and ~/.ICEauthority-l exist,\n\
+   they must be removed before your session can be started.
+
+5 IceAddConnectionWatch failed.
+6 IceComposeNetworkIds failed.
+$ Message 7 - Do NOT translate "SESSION_MANAGER".
+7 Could not create the SESSION_MANAGER environment variable.
+$
+$ Messages 8-9 occur when a session database cannot be opened.
+$
+$ Message 8 - Do NOT remove the whitespace before the last '%s'.
+8 The following session database could not be opened:\n\n\
+   '%s'
+$ Message 9 - Do NOT remove the whitespace before the last '%s'.
+9 The following session database does not contain\n\
+the required resource '%s':\n\n\
+   %s
+$
+$ Messages 10-11 are used to report errors when reading a session database
+$
+$ Message 10 - Do NOT remove the whitespace before the last '%s'.
+10 The required property '%s' is missing for client\n\n\
+   %s\n\n\
+in the file '%s'.
+11 The required resource '%s' is missing for client '%d'\n\
+in the file '%s'.
+$
+$ Messages 12-14 used if errors occur when a session is restarted
+$
+$ Message 12 - Do NOT remove the whitespace before the last '%s'.
+12 The directory '%s'\n\
+is not available for application '%s'.\n\n\
+The following directory will be used:\n\n\
+   %s
+$ Message 13 - Do NOT remove the whitespace before the last '%s'.
+13 The following application cannot be started on host '%s'\n\
+because this host cannot be reached from host '%s':\n\n\
+   %s
+$ Message 14 - Do NOT remove the whitespace before the third '%s'.
+$ Message 14 - "cannonical form" in this context means an internal
+$   format.
+14 An attempt to start application '%s'\n\
+on host '%s' failed because the following directory\n\
+could not be translated into cannonical form:\n\n\
+   %s\n\n\
+[%s]
+
+$
+$ Message 15 - used if the -session command line option has no value
+$
+15 No session name was provided for the -session command line option.
+$
+$ Message 16 - used if the Save_Session message contains an unrecognized
+$    argument
+$
+16 The Save_Session message contains the unrecognized argument '%s'.
+
+17 An attempt to get a client list from the 'Window Manager' failed.
+$
+$ Message 18 - the client database cannot be opened for writing.
+$ Do NOT remove the whitespace before the last '%s'.
+$
+18 The following database file cannot be opened for writing:\n\n\
+   %s\n\n\
+The session will not be saved.
+$
+$ Message 19 - used if an application cannot be saved
+$
+19 Application '%s' cannot be saved.
+$
+$ Message 20 - used if the IceAcceptConnection function fails:
+$
+20 IceAcceptConnection failed.
+$
+$ Message 21 - used if a Save Session is requested and one is already
+$    in progress
+21 The session will not be saved because a Save Session is in progress.
+
+22 A session shutdown was cancelled by the application '%s'.
+
+$
+$ Messages 23-25 are used when a session is saved and an application 
+$    has not set its required properties
+$
+$ Message 23 - Do NOT remove the whitespace before the last '%s'.
+23 The following application did not set the required\n\
+property '%s':\n\n\
+   %s\n\n\
+This application will not be saved.
+
+24 Application '%s' will not be saved because it did not set\n\
+the required property '%s'.
+
+25 Application '%s' did not set the required property '%s'.
+$
+$ Messages 26-27 are used when the DiscardCommand properties are
+$    invoked - before an old session directory is removed.
+$ Message 26 - do NOT remove the whitespace before the '%s'.
+$ Message 26 - do NOT translate the word 'DiscardCommand' in
+$    this message
+26 The following client database cannot be opened:\n\n\
+   %s\n\n\
+The 'DiscardCommand' properties cannot be run.
+
+$
+$ Message 27 - do NOT translate the word 'DiscardCommand' in
+$    this message
+27 An attempt to execute the 'DiscardCommand' property for\n\
+application '%s' failed.
+
+$
+$ Messages 28-29 - used when an application exists and it wants the
+$    Session Manager to post a dialog with a message that describes
+$    the reason the client exited.
+$ Message 29 is the title for the dialog
+$
+28 Application '%s' exited for the following reason:\n\n\
+%s
+29 Application Close Reasons
+
+
+$set 99
+$    DO NOT TRANSLATE THESE MESSAGES
+$    DO NOT CHANGE THESE MESSAGES
+$    DO NOT LOCALIZE THESE MESSAGES
+$    These messages are used for the version information.
+1 @(#)version_goes_here
+2 \n@(#)Message catalog source $TOG: dtsession.msg.src /main/25 1999/09/20 13:47:55 mgreess $

cde/programs/dtsession/nlsMsgChk.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# $XConsortium: nlsMsgChk.txt /main/2 1996/11/11 11:31:15 drk $
+ *                                                                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+ * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+ *
+Dtsession
+==========
+
+1)  To display figure 1
+     a) press style manager button in front panel
+     b) press "start up" button in style manager
+     c) choose "Resume current session"
+     d) press OK
+     e) press logout button in front panel
+     f) press "Cancel" on logout dialog
+
+2)  To display figure 2
+     a) do 1a and 1b
+     b) choose "Return to Home session" 
+     c) press OK
+     d) press logout button in front panel
+     e) press "Cancel" on logout dialog
+
+3)  To display figure 3
+     a) do 1a and 1b
+     b) choose "Ask me at logout"
+     c) press OK
+     d) press logout button in front panel
+     e) press "Cancel" on logout dialog
+
+
+4)  To display figure 4
+     a) Enter HP DT via compatibility mode (see man page or
+        system administration manual -norestore option)
+     b) press the logout button on the front panel
+
+After the system is back up and you are logged back in
+
+5)  To display figure 5
+     a) kill -9 on the BMS process (softmsgsrv)
+     b) read the instructions in the dialog and then press OK
+     c) follow the instructions in the dialog
+
+After the system is back up and you are logged back in
+
+6) To display figure 6
+     a) logout
+     b) login in "no windows" mode
+     c) move /usr/softbench/bin/softmsgsrv to /usr/softbench/bin/softmsgsrv_
+     d) exit
+     e) login
+     f) login in "no windows" mode
+     g) move /usr/softbench/bin/softmsgsrv_ to /usr/softbench/bin/softmsgsrv
+     h) exit
+
+After the system is back up and you are logged back in
+
+Figure 7 and 8 are nearly identical, one covers
+the screen and one only displays a large dialog.
+
+7)  To display figure 7.
+     a) press style manager button in front panel
+     b) press "screen" button in style manager
+     c) choose "Full Screen Cover: On"
+     d) press OK
+     e) press lock button in front panel
+     f) enter the password to dismiss lock
+
+8)  To display figure dtsession-2 .
+     a) press style manager button in front panel
+     b) press "screen" button in style manager
+     c) choose "Full Screen Cover: Off"
+     d) press OK
+     e) press lock button in front panel
+     f) enter the password to dismiss lock

cde/programs/dtsession/nlsREADME.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# $XConsortium: nlsREADME.txt /main/2 1996/11/11 11:31:32 drk $
+# *                                                                      *
+# * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company                     *
+# * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.       *
+# * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.                      *
+# * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.                                *
+# *
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Component:  /usr/dt/bin/dtsession
+#
+############################################################################
+
+
+_DtMessage catalog source:
+
+   File name:  	dtsession.msg
+
+   Target:	/usr/dt/nls/%L/dtsession.cat
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+App-defaults file:
+
+   File name:  	Dtsession
+
+   Target:	/usr/dt/app-defaults/%L/Dtsession
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Configuration files:
+
+   File Name:  sys.session
+
+   Target:     /usr/dt/config/%L/sys.session
+
+   In this file is the startup command for the Console terminal window.
+One of the options for this command is -T Console.  This name needs to
+be localized.
+
+   This file starts up the clients in a default HP DT session.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+   File Name:  sys.resources
+
+   Target:     /usr/dt/config/%L/sys.resources
+
+   There is an include line near the top of this file that looks like:
+
+   #include "/usr/dt/config/sys.font"
+
+   This line needs to be changed to include the language specific
+location.  For example:
+
+   #include "/usr/dt/config/japanese/sys.font"
+
+   This file restores resources  in a default HP DT session.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+   File Name:  sys.font
+
+   Target:     /usr/dt/config/%L/sys.font
+
+   This file contains the specification for the fonts to be used in an
+HP DT session.  If you wish to have different fonts for the default
+session, they need to be changed here.  Included are fonts for small,
+medium and high resolution displays.
+
+   Font resource values must specify all 14 field delimiters.
+       Scalable font - must specify point size field
+       Bitmap font - must specify pixel size field
+
+   Font resource values must match exactly the default font resources 
+   specified in /usr/dt/app-defaults/%L/Dtstyle.
+
+   This file restores font resources in a default HP DT session, or in
+a session where the language has been newly changed.
+
+

cde/programs/dtsession/sys.font.iso

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+!#################################################################
+!#
+!#   sys.font.iso:  Used for accessing ISO-Latin1 fonts in the 
+!#                  user interface
+!#
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.
+!#################################################################
+
+#if Y_RESOLUTION > 3582
+!###
+!#   High Resolution Displays ( > 91 dpi )
+!#          91 dpi = 3582 pixels/meter
+!###
+  *Font:                  -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--19-160-72-72-m-110-iso8859-1
+  *FontList:              -bitstream-swiss*742-medium-r-normal--19-140-85-85-p-110-iso8859-1
+  *XmText*FontList:       -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--19-160-72-72-m-110-iso8859-1
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--19-160-72-72-m-110-iso8859-1
+  *systemFont:            -bitstream-swiss*742-medium-r-normal--19-140-85-85-p-110-iso8859-1
+  *userFont:              -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--19-160-72-72-m-110-iso8859-1
+
+#else 
+!###
+!#   Medium Resolution Displays ( < 91 dpi and > 80 dpi )
+!###
+  *Font:                  -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--16-120-72-72-m-80-iso8859-1
+  *FontList:              -bitstream-swiss*742-bold-r-normal--16-120-72-72-p-94-iso8859-1
+  *XmText*FontList:       -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--16-120-72-72-m-80-iso8859-1
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--16-120-72-72-m-80-iso8859-1
+  *systemFont:            -bitstream-swiss*742-bold-r-normal--16-120-72-72-p-94-iso8859-1
+  *userFont:              -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--16-120-72-72-m-80-iso8859-1
+
+#endif
+
+#if Y_RESOLUTION < 3150
+!###
+!#   Low Resolution Displays ( > 80 dpi )
+!#          90 dpi = 3150 pixels/meter
+!###
+  *Font:                  -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--13-100-72-72-p-75-iso8859-1
+  *FontList:              -bitstream-swiss*742-medium-r-normal--13-100-72-72-p-75-iso8859-1
+  *XmText*FontList:       -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--13-100-72-72-p-75-iso8859-1
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--13-100-72-72-p-75-iso8859-1
+  *systemFont:            -bitstream-swiss*742-medium-r-normal--13-100-72-72-p-75-iso8859-1
+  *userFont:              -bitstream-prestige-medium-r-normal--13-100-72-72-p-75-iso8859-1
+
+#endif

cde/programs/dtsession/sys.font.src

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+! $XConsortium: sys.font.src /main/4 1996/04/21 19:51:16 drk $
+!#################################################################
+!#
+!#   sys.font:  The default session font resource file
+!#
+!#   placed in:	CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/C/sys.fonts
+!#
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.
+!#################################################################
+
+!###
+!#
+!#  Font Resource Specifications 
+!#
+!# Font resource values must be a valid font alias name.
+!#
+!# Font resource values must match exactly the default font resources 
+!# specified in CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/app-defaults/%L/Dtstyle
+!###
+
+XCOMM if WIDTH > 1175
+!###
+!#   High Resolution Displays
+!#
+!###
+  *FontList:              %|nls-1-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *buttonFontList:        %|nls-1-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *labelFontList:         %|nls-1-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *textFontList:          %|nls-2-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *XmText*FontList:       %|nls-2-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  %|nls-3-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *systemFont:            %|nls-4-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *userFont:              %|nls-5-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *DtEditor*textFontList: %|nls-6-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*DtEditor*textFontList|
+  *Font:                  %|nls-7-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*^*Font|
+  *FontSet:               %|nls-8-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*^*FontSet|
+XCOMM else
+XCOMM if WIDTH > 850
+!###
+!#   Medium Resolution Displays
+!###
+  *FontList:              %|nls-9-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *buttonFontList:        %|nls-9-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *labelFontList:         %|nls-9-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *textFontList:          %|nls-10-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *XmText*FontList:       %|nls-10-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  %|nls-11-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *systemFont:            %|nls-12-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *userFont:              %|nls-13-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *DtEditor*textFontList: %|nls-14-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*DtEditor*textFontList|
+  *Font:                  %|nls-15-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*^*Font|
+  *FontSet:               %|nls-16-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*^*FontSet|
+XCOMM else
+!###
+!#   Low Resolution Displays
+!###
+  *FontList:              %|nls-17-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *buttonFontList:        %|nls-17-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *labelFontList:         %|nls-17-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *textFontList:          %|nls-18-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *XmText*FontList:       %|nls-18-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  %|nls-19-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *systemFont:            %|nls-20-dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*FontList|
+  *userFont:              %|nls-21-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*XmText*FontList|
+  *DtEditor*textFontList: %|nls-22-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:^*DtEditor*textFontList|
+  *Font:                  %|nls-23-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*^*Font|
+  *FontSet:               %|nls-24-dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*^*FontSet|
+XCOMM endif
+XCOMM endif
+

cde/programs/dtsession/sys.resources.src

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+! $TOG: sys.resources.src /main/7 1999/01/28 13:27:29 mgreess $
+!##################################################################
+!#
+!#   Common Desktop Environment (CDE)
+!#
+!#   sys.resources:	The Default Session Resource File
+!#
+!#   Placed In:		CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/<LANG>/sys.resources
+!#
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+!#   (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 Novell, Inc.
+!#
+!###################################################################
+
+!###
+!#
+!#  Font Resource Specifications 
+!#
+!# Font resource values must be a valid font alias name.
+!#
+!# Font resource values must match exactly the default font resources 
+!# specified in /usr/dt/app-defaults/%L/Dtstyle
+!###
+
+XCOMM if WIDTH > 1175
+!###
+!#   High Resolution Displays
+!#
+!###
+  *FontList:              -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *buttonFontList:        -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *labelFontList:         -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *textFontList:          -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *XmText*FontList:       -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *systemFont:            -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *userFont:              -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *DtEditor*textFontList: -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *Font:                  -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+  *FontSet:               -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-m*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+XCOMM else
+XCOMM if WIDTH < 851
+!###
+!#   Low Resolution Displays
+!###
+  *FontList:              -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *buttonFontList:        -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *labelFontList:         -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *textFontList:          -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *XmText*FontList:       -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *systemFont:            -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *userFont:              -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *DtEditor*textFontList: -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *Font:                  -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+  *FontSet:               -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-xs*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+XCOMM else
+!###
+!#   Medium Resolution Displays (always default if no cpp present on system)
+!###
+  *FontList:              -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *buttonFontList:        -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *labelFontList:         -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *textFontList:          -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *XmText*FontList:       -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *XmTextField*FontList:  -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *systemFont:            -dt-interface system-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *userFont:              -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *DtEditor*textFontList: -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*:
+  *Font:                  -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+  *FontSet:               -dt-interface user-medium-r-normal-s*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+XCOMM endif
+XCOMM endif
+
+
+*sessionVersion:	3.0
+*multiClickTime:	500
+#ifdef __osf__
+*ttyModes:              erase ^? intr ^C kill ^U start ^Q stop ^S swtch ^@ susp ^Z
+#else
+*ttyModes:		erase ^H intr ^C kill ^U start ^Q stop ^S swtch ^@ susp ^Z
+#endif
+*promptDialog.bboard.frame.form.text.columns: %|nls-3-#45#|
+
+#ifdef __hpux
+Hpterm*backgroundIsSelect:		True
+Hpterm*makeColors:			shadow
+#endif
+
+dtsession*saverTimeout:  10 
+dtsession*lockTimeout:   30
+dtsession*cycleTimeout:  3 
+dtsession*saverList: StartDtscreenBlank
+
+!#################################################################
+!#
+!#  display dependent resources
+!#
+!#################################################################
+XCOMM if WIDTH > 1175
+
+XCOMM else
+XCOMM if WIDTH < 851 
+Dtwm*resizeBorderWidth: 5
+Dtfile*view:            small_icon
+Dtfile*desktopIcon:     small
+Dtfile*dirWidth:        400
+Dtfile*dirHeight:       300
+XCOMM else
+Dtwm*resizeBorderWidth: 5
+Dtfile*view:            large_icon
+Dtfile*desktopIcon:     large
+Dtfile*dirWidth:        555
+Dtfile*dirHeight:       400
+XCOMM endif
+XCOMM endif
+
+!#################################################################
+!#
+!#  Motif resources
+!# 
+!#   These resources are provided as an example of how get 
+!#   Motif 1.1 clients and Motif 1.2 clients linked with an 
+!#   archived Motif 1.2 library to display with the CDE enhanced 
+!#   visuals.  Just put the client name in and uncomment the 
+!#   resources and the non-CDE client will get the enhanced
+!#   CDE visual effect.
+!#
+!#################################################################
+!# 
+!# <client_name>*XmCascadeButton*shadowThickness:		1
+!# <client_name>*XmCascadeButtonGadget*shadowThickness:		1
+!# <client_name>*XmDrawnButton*shadowThickness:			1
+!# <client_name>*XmList*shadowThickness:			1
+!# <client_name>*XmPanedWindow*sashShadowThickness:		1
+!# <client_name>*XmPushButton*shadowThickness:			1
+!# <client_name>*XmPushButtonGadget*shadowThickness:		1
+!# <client_name>*XmScale*shadowThickness:			1
+!# <client_name>*XmScrollBar*shadowThickness:			1
+!# <client_name>*XmSelectionBox*shadowThickness:		1
+!# <client_name>*XmText*shadowThickness:			1
+!# <client_name>*XmTextField*shadowThickness:			1
+!# <client_name>*highlightThickness:				1
+*DtTerm*shadowThickness:		1
+*enableThinThickness:  			True
+*enableBtn1Transfer:			button2_transfer
+*enableButtonTab:			True
+*enableDefaultButton:			True
+*enableEtchedInMenu:			True
+*enableMenuInCascade:			True
+*enableMultiKeyBindings:		True
+*enableToggleColor:			True
+*enableToggleVisual:			True
+*enableDragIcon:			True
+*enableCDEColorFactors:			True
+
+#ifdef __hpux
+!#################################################################
+!#
+!#  CDE translations for the text widget and text field widget
+!#
+!#    - provides more intuitive "clear line", "insert line" and
+!#      "delete line" behavior
+!#    - provides basic EMACS editor functionality
+!#
+!#################################################################
+*XmText*Translations:#override\n\
+            <Key>hpClearLine:      delete-to-end-of-line()\n\
+      ~m ~a <Key>osfPrimaryPaste:beginning-of-line()\
+                                 newline-and-backup()\n\
+            <Key>osfQuickPaste:  beginning-of-line()\
+                                 insert-string(\" \")\
+                                 beginning-of-line()\
+                                 delete-to-end-of-line()\
+                                 delete-next-character()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>u:delete-to-start-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>k:delete-to-end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>a:beginning-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>e:end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>p:process-up()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>b:backward-character()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>n:process-down()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>f:forward-character()
+*XmTextField*Translations:#override\n\
+            <Key>hpClearLine:      delete-to-end-of-line()\n\
+            <Key>osfQuickPaste:  beginning-of-line()\
+                                 delete-to-end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>u:delete-to-start-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>k:delete-to-end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>a:beginning-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>e:end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>b:backward-character()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>f:forward-character()
+#else
+!#################################################################
+!#
+!#  CDE translations for the text widget and text field widget
+!#
+!#    - provides basic EMACS editor functionality
+!#
+!#################################################################
+*XmText*Translations:#override\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>u:delete-to-start-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>k:delete-to-end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>a:beginning-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>e:end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>p:process-up()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>b:backward-character()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>n:process-down()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>f:forward-character()
+*XmTextField*Translations:#override\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>u:delete-to-start-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>k:delete-to-end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>a:beginning-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>e:end-of-line()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>b:backward-character()\n\
+        Ctrl<Key>f:forward-character()
+#endif
+
+!#################################################################
+!#
+!#  CDE environment variable mapping for remote COMMAND actions
+!#
+!#################################################################
+*dtEnvMapForRemote:	DTAPPSEARCHPATH:DTHELPSEARCHPATH:DTDATABASESEARCHPATH:XMICONSEARCHPATH:XMICONBMSEARCHPATH
+
+!################             eof          #######################

cde/programs/dtsession/sys.session.src

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+XCOMM ###############################################################
+XCOMM
+XCOMM   Common Desktop Environment (CDE)
+XCOMM
+XCOMM   sys.session:  Default session initiation file for CDE DT
+XCOMM
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Hewlett-Packard Company.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 International Business Machines Corp.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Novell, Inc. 
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+XCOMM   (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+XCOMM
+XCOMM   This file is processed once for new CDE DT users
+XCOMM
+XCOMM   placed in: CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP/sys.session
+XCOMM
+#ifdef IVE
+XCOMM   Modified for HP MPower.
+XCOMM
+#endif /* IVE */
+XCOMM
+XCOMM $XConsortium: sys.session.src /main/5 1996/04/23 18:49:46 drk $
+XCOMM
+XCOMM ###############################################################
+#ifdef IVE
+XCOMM
+XCOMM Start up File Manager...
+XCOMM
+dtsmcmd -cmd DTSM_CMD1
+#else /* IVE */
+XCOMM
+XCOMM Start up the File Manager...
+XCOMM
+dtsmcmd -cmd DTSM_CMD2
+#endif /* IVE */
+
+#ifdef COMMENTS
+/* 
+ * If you change this command line for helpview, also change the
+ * define in Sm.h to be the same.
+ */
+#endif /* COMMENTS */
+XCOMM
+XCOMM Start up the Introduction Manager...
+XCOMM
+dtsmcmd -cmd DTSM_CMD4
+
+XCOMM
+XCOMM Initialize the help browser
+XCOMM
+dtsmcmd -cmd DTSM_CMD5
+
+XCOMM ##################       End of the sys.session File  #############

cde/programs/dtsession/version.c

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* $XConsortium: version.c /main/5 1996/08/30 15:34:51 drk $
+ *
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Hewlett-Packard Company.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 International Business Machines Corp.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ * (c) Copyright 1993,1994,1996 Novell, Inc. 
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
+ * (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
+ */
+
+/********************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1988, 1990 by Hewlett-Packard Company
+Copyright (c) 1988 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software 
+and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby 
+granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all 
+copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission 
+notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of 
+Hewlett-Packard or  M.I.T.  not be used in advertising or publicity 
+pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written 
+prior permission.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+#include <include/hpversion.h>
+
+#ifndef	lint
+version_tag("dtsession:     $XConsortium: version.c /main/5 1996/08/30 15:34:51 drk $")
+
+#ifdef __PASSWD_ETC
+static char _rgy_version[] = "@(#)Passwd Etc. - Domain Registry Authentication";
+#endif
+
+#endif	/* lint */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+